t. <- APR 2 3 '69 BULLETIN OF WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY CATALOG ISSUE WINSTON-SALEM NORTH CAROLINA ^4g*,V'' JANUARY 1970 FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 CORRESPONDENCE Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated below: Admissions Director of Admissions Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs Athletics Director of Athletics Business Administration Dean of Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration Catalogs Director of Admissions Financial Matters Vice President for Business and Finance General Policy of the University President Gifts and Bequests President Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School Housing — Men Director of Residences Women Dean of Women Law Dean of School of Law Medicine Director of Admissions Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27103 Placement Director of Placement Public Relations and Development Program President Scholarships Committee on Scholarships Student Affairs Dean of Students Summer Session Dean of Summer Session Transcripts Registrar All addresses, except Medicine, are: Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 Wait Chapel and Plaza Air View the Campus New Series January 1970 Vol. LXV, No. 1 BULLETIN OF Wake Forest University .tiff*******- GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-FIFTH YEAR ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1970-1971 The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103 for Bowman Gray School of Medicine) . Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 1970 JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 123 1234 1234 123 45678 910 5678 9 10 11 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 1234567 12 11234567 8 9 10 1112 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 1112 13 14 15 16 9 10 1112 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 30 31 MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 1234567 123456 12345 12345 8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910 111213 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 1112 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 1971 JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 12 12 3 12 3 12 3456789 456789 10 456789 10 3456789 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1112 1314 15 16 17 1112 1314 15 16 17 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 31 FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 123456 11234567 123456 7 8 910111213 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 2526 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 28 29 30 30 31 MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 12 3 4 123456 12345 12345678 91011 7 8 910111213 6 7 8 910 1112 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR Summer Session 1970 June 15 Monday Registration First Term June 15 Monday Classes begin July 18 Saturday First term ends July 20 Monday Registration Second Term July 20 Monday Classes begin August 22 Saturday Second term ends Fall Term 1970 Sept. 10 Thursday Sept. 10 Thursday Sept. Sept. 10 15 Thursday 1 Tuesday J* Sept. Sept. 14 15 Monday ] Tuesday J Sept. 16 Wednesday Oct. 2 Friday Oct. 16 Friday Oct. 17 Saturday Nov. 9 Monday Nov. Nov. 26 29 Thursday \ Sunday J Nov. 30 Monday Dec. Jan. 19 3 Saturday \ Sunday J Jan. 4 Monday Jan. 18 Monday Jan. 21 Thursday Jan. 27 Wednesday 9:00 Dormitories open for students 11:00 Cafeteria open Orientation for freshmen and trans- fer students Registration (8:00-5:00) Registration (8:00-12:00) Classes begin Last day for dropping a class without penalty I grades of last term become F Homecoming (Holiday) Mid-term reports due in Registrar's Office Thanksgiving recess Classes resumed Christmas Recess Classes resumed Examinations begin Reading Day Examinations end Spring Term 1971 Feb. Feb. 1 2 Monday 1 Tuesday J Feb. 3 Wednesday Feb. 4 Thursday Feb. 17 Wednesday March 4 Thursday March 25 Thursday March April 28 4 Sunday \ Sunday J April 5 Monday April April 5 10 Monday ] Saturday J April 8 Thursday April 14 Wednesday April May 26 8 Monday "1 Saturday J May 24 Monday May 27 Thursday June 2 Wednesday June 4 Friday 12:00 June 6 Sunday June 7 Monday Registration (8:00-5:00) Registration (8:00-12:00) Classes begin Founders' Day Convocation Last day for dropping a class without penalty I Grades of last term become F Mid-term reports due in Registrar's Office * Spring Recess Classes resumed Sophomores sign for conferences with major advisers Senior testing day Last day for payment of reservation deposit for next school year Sophomore conferences with major advisers Examinations begin Reading Day Examinations end Last Senior grades due in Registrar's Office Baccalaureate Sermon Graduation * Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter recess of the Public Schools. CONTENTS Page Introductory 7 Administration and Instruction 9 The University and Its Equipment 37 Admission 49 University Charges and Financial Arrangements 53 Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student Employment 59 Activities 70 General Information 78 Requirements for Degrees 90 Courses in The College 104 Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 180 Graduate School 189 School of Law 190 Bowman Gray School of Medicine 195 Summer Session 198 Degrees Conferred 201 Summaries , 218 Index 223 INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY Location Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and the Graduate School. Recognition Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso- ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con- ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer- sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta Kappa. The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri- can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on Legal Education of the American Bar Association. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical college, is a member of the Association of American Medical Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. BOARD OF TRUSTEES Terms Expire December 31, 1970 Claude U. Broach, Charlotte C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington James B. Turner, Raleigh Terms Expire December 31, 1971 William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington Terms Expire December 31, 1972 J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem Joseph Branch, Raleigh James Estes Cross, Jr., Burlington Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem Jesse P. Chapman, Jr., Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte William W. Staton, Sanford Terms Expire December 31, 1973 A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia Mrs. George C. Mackie, Wake Forest Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville Robert R. Forney, Shelby Mrs. Clifton Parker, Woodland C. Maurice Hill, Drexel Edwin M. Stanley, Greensboro Jerome Otis Williams, Concord Officers For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1970 Justice Joseph Branch, Raleigh, Chairman C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte, Vice Chairman Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston- Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston- Salem, Secretary Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston- Salem, General Counsel ^ADMINISTRATION James Ralph Scales (1967) President B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and Associate Professor of History B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Dean of Students and Associate Professor of Educational and Counseling Psychology B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men B.S., Wake Forest. Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Robert S. Carlson (1969) Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and Professor of Business Administration S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford. Jeanne Owen (1956) Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration, and Professor of Business Law B.S., U.N.C.-Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill. Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Dean of the School of Law and Professor of Law B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law and Associate Professor of Law B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Professor of Medicine A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc., Temple. Robert L. Tuttle (1948) Academic Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Associate Professor of Microbiology and Immunology B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development) of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Professor of Preventive Medicine and Medical Genetics A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Administration) of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine B.A., Richmond. * Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. Administration C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Assistant Professor of Radiology and Associate in Neurology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and Professor of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of History Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. Vice President for Business and Finance Eugene T. Lucas (1967) B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. John G. Williard (1958) B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. * Joseph O. Gilliam, Jr. (1967) B.A., Elon. Carlos O. Holder (1969) B.B.A., Wake Forest. Treasurer; Assistant Secretary of the Board of Trustees Assistant to the Treasurer Assistant to the Treasurer Harry O. Parker (1947) B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A Grady S. Patterson (1924) B.A., Wake Forest. Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) B.S., South Carolina William G. Starling (1958) B.B.A., Wake Forest. Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) B.A., North Carolina. William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) B.S., Wake Forest. Ross A. Griffith (1966) B.S., Wake Forest Robert Clarence Beck (1959) B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) B.A., Wake Forest. George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) B.A., Wake Forest. Virgil L. McBride (1970) B.A., Mississippi College; B.D. Controller of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine North Carolina. Registrar Associate Registrar Director of Admissions and Financial Aid Associate Director of Admissions Associate Director of Admissions and Financial Aid Assistant Director of Admissions Director of the Office for Research and Professor of Psychology Assistant to the President and Director of Communications Director of Alumni Affairs Ralph A. Simpson (1969) B.A., Wake Forest. J. D. Wilson, Jr. (1969) B.A., Wake Forest. Development Officer Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary Editor of University Magazine and Assistant in Communications Director of Annual Giving and Assistant in Alumni Affairs Died, September 20, 1969 10 Administration J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Assistant in Public Affairs B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert M. Allen (1966) Director of Printing Services B.A., Vanderbilt. Richard D. Barkley (1969) Director of Sports Publicity Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain B.A., IX. B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary. Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and Director of the Baptist Student Union B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director M.D., Bowman Gray. Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Assistant Medical Director and Assistant in Preventive Medicine B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate Professor of History B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. Mrs. Erika Love (1967) Librarian of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana. Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson. Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and Professor of Biology B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director of Urban Affairs Institute B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate Professor of Physical Education B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Assistant Director of Athletics B.S., Wake Forest. Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store B.B.A., Wake Forest. Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant B.M.E., Virginia. Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds B.S., Wake Forest. Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences 11 ^PROFESSORS EMERITI CHARLES S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. IOra C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Georgetown College. Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis- ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. * Dates following names indicate period of service. t Died, September 2, 1969. 12 * INSTRUCTION Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of Concerts and Lectures (See Administration) Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. John Louis Andronica (1969) Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. **Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. John V. Baxley (1968) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin. Robert Clarence Beck Professor of Psychology and Director of the Office for Research (See Administration) Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State. Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve. Merrill' G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director of Libraries (See Administration) James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity. Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton. Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. F. Dale Bridgewater (1966) Instructor in German B.A., Wake Forest. * Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. ** Absent on leave, Fall 1969. 13 Faculty Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., North Carolina. David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina Raymond E. Burrell (1968) Major, Artillery, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.A., Stetson. Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. Robert S. Carlson Professor of Business Administration and Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration (See Administration) John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. John H. Clougherty (1969) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Youngstown State; M.Ed., Kent State. Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S. Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law (See Administration) Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History B.A., Ph.D., Stanford Penny Crawford (1969) Instructor in Art History B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State. Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina. *Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M., S.J.D., Michigan. * Died, December 18, 1969. 14 Faculty *N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D.. Indiana. Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology B.A., Ph.D., Duke. Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean (See Administration) John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Swimming Coach B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. Thomas M. Elmore Associate Professor of Educational and Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students (See Administration) Gerald W. Esch (1965) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. David K. Evans (1966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke. Erson McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law B.A., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M, Duke. William D. Faulhaber (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Montclair State; M.A., Virginia. John W. Filler ( 1969) Instructor in Psychology B.A., Randolph Macon; M.A., Wake Forest. Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director of Reynolda Gardens B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. Louisa Freeman (1968) Instructor in French B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory. Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and Asian Studies B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. * Died, August 13, 1969. 15 Faculty Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., Edinburgh. PAUL M. GROSS, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry and Coordinator of The Honors Program (See Administration) William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. Robert Wade Hash (1969) Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., Richmond; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen. Merwyn A. Hayes Assistant Professor of Speech B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Marcus B. Hester ( 1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. David Allen Hills (I960) Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of the Center for Psychological Services A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. Hugh K. HlMAN (1965) Assistant Professor of Econo?nics, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr. (1969) Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; Professor of Military Science B.S., U. S. Military Academy. Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State. Herbert Horowitz Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 16 Faculty Calvin R. Huber (1962) Associate Professor of Music B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina. Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana. Oliver B. Ingram, Jr. Captain, Infantry. U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.S., Auburn. Chester O. Jackson (1969) Visiting Professor of Physical Education B.S., A.M., Illinois; Ed.D., New York University. Isabelle Jasson (1969) Visiting Lecturer in French Licence, Strasbourg Mrs. Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest. Thomas L. Johnson (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Professor of Spanish B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee. Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. Perry Lee R. Lefeavers (1969) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Catawba; M.A., North Carolina; P.E.D., Indiana. Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard. Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) Assistant Professor of English B.A., Oglethorpe, M.A., Ph.D.. Emory. William V. Luckie (1969) Instructor in Accounting, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.S., Alabama; M.B.A., Mississippi. Nancy Jane McCaskey (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina. James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. John William McDonough Instructor in English B.A., King's; M.A., North Carolina. James G. McDowell (1965) Assistant Professor of History B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. Kenneth A. McElhaney (1969) Sergeant, U. S. Army Assistant in Military Science 3. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) Professor of Education B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 17 Faculty Joseph O. Milner (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Davidson; M.A., North Carolina. Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; Ph.D., New York University. John C. Moorhouse Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration •ujajsaMitfJOj^ '-a'Hd 'VIAI IqsBqn^ 'g'V Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History and Dean of the College (See Administration) RONALD E. Noptle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. Pavle Novosel (1970) Visiting Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Ph.D., Zagreb. JOHN W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. * James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law, and Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration (See Administration) Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages and Education B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. Philip P. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology B.S., M.A., University of Florida. Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session (See Administration) Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt. Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford. Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. Joyce E. Potter (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Tennessee. Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. Absent on leave, Spring 1970. 18 Faculty Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia. Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia. Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. Karl D. Reyer (1969) Visiting Professor of Marketing, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Cross Country and Track Coach B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Thomas C. Richardson, Jr. (1968) Major, Infantry, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.S., North Georgia. Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati. Daniel J. Richman (1968) Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest. John C. Richowsky (1969) Instructor in English B.A., Tulane; M.A., Duke. John Ewing Roberts (1961, 1967) Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale Divinity School. Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson ( 1952) Professor of French B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Visiting Lecturer in French Cand. Philol., Oslo. Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. Karl Myron Scott (1955) Professor of Management, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism B.A., Wake Forest. Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 19 Faculty Edgar E. Shiver (1968) Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army, Assistant in Military Science Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford. James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. Mrs. Judy Jo Worley Small (1966) Instructor in English B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania. David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D. Wisconsin. Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University. J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Guy E. Spear (1969) Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Wyoming. James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and Dean of the Graduate School (See Administration) Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. Charles H. Talbert (1963) Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of Religion and History B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia. Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. Brenda Ann Templeton (1969) Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Wake Forest. Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance Languages B.A., Carson-Newman; M. A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History B.A., Carson- Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. David Tinga (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army Assistant in Military Science Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. 20 Faculty Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History B.A., M.A., u.c.l.a. Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics, Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. Frances Day Wardlaw (1969) Instructor in Spanish B.A., Wooster; M.A. Illinois. Westford D. Warner (1968) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.S., The Citadel. Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law (See Administration) Herbert H. Webber (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Ph.D., British Columbia. James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke. David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. *John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. Sammy K. Williams (1969) Instructor in Religion B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost (See Administration) Rolf Woldseth (1967) Assistant Professor of Physics M.S., Technical University of Norway; Ph.D., Washington University of St. Louis. Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell. J. Ned Woodall (1969) Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist. John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D. Duke. * Absent on leave, Spring 1970. 21 PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS Alfred T. Brauer (1965) Ph.D., Berlin. Visiting Professor of Mathematics Visiting Professor of History Frederick L. Bronner (1966) B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. J. Daniel Brown (1969) Visiting Lecturer in Religion B.A., Lenoir Rhyne; B.D., Luthern Theological Seminary; Th.M., Princeton Theolog- ical Seminary; Ph.D., Drew. Mary Gwyn Cage (1969) B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts Sue N. Elkins (1967) B.A., North Carolina; M.A., UNC-G. Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music Mrs. Caroline S. Fullerton (1969) B.A. Rollins; M.A., Texas Tech. College Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) B.A., B.M., Meredith. Susan P. Harbin (1966) B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. Joseph B. Jowers (1970) B.D., Drew; Ph.D., New School for Social Research Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) Certificate, Westminster Choir College. Instructor in Physical Education Instructor in Speech Visiting Teacher of Piano Theatre Speech Consultant Instructor in Piano Instructor in Psychology Lecturer in Sociology Artist in Residence, Voice Instructor in Speech Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1970) B.A., M.S., University of Southern Mississippi. Joe N. Norman (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Accounting B.A., Philander Smith; M.B.A., C.P.A., Oklahoma. Lecturer in Sociology and Anthropology Norio Ohta (1969) B.A., Maryville; M.A., Appalachian. David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union. John W. Sanders (1968) B.A., M.A., Georgia. Martha Stark (1969) B.S., Illinois State Normal. Jeannette Stone (1967) B.A., Wake Forest. Lecturer in Sociology Instructor in Physical Education Visiting Teacher of Voice 22 THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE ^PROFESSORS EMERITI **Camillo Artom (1939-1963) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry M.D., Padua; Ph.D., Messina; Ph.D., Palermo, Italy. Coy C. Carpenter (1926-1967) Vice President Emeritus for Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. Fred K. Garvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. Robert A. Moore (1941-1953) Associate Professor Emeritus of Orthopedic Surgery M.D., North Carolina Medical College. William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus of Clinical Surgery B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. ROSCOE L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus of Anesthesiology B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College. * Dates following names indicate period of service. '* Died, February 3, 1970. 23 FACULTY THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE * INSTRUCTION Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964) B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949) A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. Katherine H. Anderson (1969) B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. John R. Ausband (1952) B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray. Ernest A. Austin (1969) B.S., St. John's; M.D., Howard. Ralph W. Barnes (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology Professor of Neurosurgery Associate Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Otolaryngology Assistant Professor of Surgery Research Instructor in Neurology B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke David L. Beavers (1955) Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern. David Merrill Biddulph (1970) B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. Edward D. Bird (1968) M.B., B.S., London; CM., Canada. Damon D. Blake (1956) B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia. Walter J. Bo (1960) B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati. Robert F. Bond (1965) B.S., Ursinus; M.S., Ph.D., Temple. William H. Boyce (1952) B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt. Assistant Professor of Anatomy Associate Professor of Medicine Associate in Pharmacology Professor of Radiology Professor of Anatomy Assistant Professor of Physiology Professor of Urology Robert G. Brame (1967) B.S., M.D., North Carolina. Billy C. Bullock (1965) D.V.M., Texas A & M. Richard L. Burt (1949) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology; Associate in Pharmacology Assistant Professor of Laboratory Animal Medicine Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology B.S., Springfield, M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard. Instructor in Pharmacology Yi-Chi Chang (1969) B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D., Connecticut Kenneth P. Chepenik (1968) B.S., Ph.D., Florida. Instructor in Anatomy '■'■■ Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. Only full-time members of the faculty are included. 24 Faculty THOMAS B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Laboratory Animal Medicine D.V.M., Georgia. Carl M. Cochrane (1967) Professor of Psychology (Psychiatry) B.A., Guilford; Ph.D., North Carolina. Monroe Cole (1965) Associate Professor of Neurology Associate in Anatomy B.A., Amherst; M.D., Georgetown. Robert H. Coombs (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology (Obstetrics and Gynecology) B.S., M.S., Utah; Ph.D., Washington State. M. Robert Cooper (1967) Assistant Professor of Medicine B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. A. Robert Cordell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery Associate in Physiology B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. Clair E. Cox, II (1963) Associate Professor of Urology M.D., Michigan. Patrick M. Cunningham (1967) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work B.S., Utah; M.S.W., Fordham. IVAN W. F. Davidson (1961) Associate Professor of Pharmacology Associate in Physiology B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto. Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. Lawrence R. DeChatelet (1969) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Loyola. Adam B. Denison (1951) Associate Professor of Physiology B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Western Reserve. Robert E. Dinker (1968) Instructor in Radiology B.S., M.D., Maryland. Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester. John H. Felts (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine B.S., Wofiord; M.D., South Carolina. H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopedics A.B., M.D., Michigan. J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1954) Associate Professor of Pathology M.D., Jefferson. Fleetus L. Gobble, Jr. (1966) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota. Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology Associate in Pharmacology Associate in Medicine B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; M.D., Western Reserve. 25 Faculty FRANK C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania. David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. Marcus M. Gulley (1959) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. John P. Gusdon, Jr. (1967) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology Associate in Microbiology B.A., M.D., Virginia. C. Allen Haney (1968) Assistant Professor of Sociology (Pediatrics) B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. Donald M. Hayes (1959) Associate Professor of Medicine Associate in Preventive Medicine B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. John T. Hayes (1966) Professor of Orthopedics B.S., M.D., Michigan. Robert N. Headley (1963) Associate Professor of Medicine B.S., M.D., Maryland. Leo J. Heaphy, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Medicine Associate in Physiology A.B., Canisius; M.D., Buffalo. Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology Associate in Surgery B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest. C. NASH Herndon (1942) Professor of Preventive Medicine and Medical Genetics; Associate in Medicine Associate Dean for Research Development (See Administration) Felda Hightower ( 1944) Professor of Surgery B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. Alanson HlNMAN (1952) Associate Professor of Pediatric-N eurology A.B., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Pathology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Stephen H. Homer (1967) Assistant Professor of Orthopedics B.A., M.D., Pennsylvania. Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954) Professor of Medicine (Dermatology and Allergy); Associate in Pathology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. Julius A. Howell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery (Plastic Surgery); Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) Associate Professor of Surgery M.D., Bowman Gray. Frank H. Hulcher (1958) Associate Professor of Biochemistry B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic. 26 Faculty Carolyn C. Huntley (1957) A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke. LUCILE W. HUTAFF (1948) B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester. Thomas H. Irving (1967) B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.D., Hahnemann. Francis M. James, III (1968) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann Professor of Pediatrics Professor of Preventive Medicine Assistant Professor of Medicine Professor of Anesthesiology Associate in Pharmacology Paul Marshall James, Jr. (1970) A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. Richard Janeway (1966) B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. Frank R. Johnston (1950) B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke. Zelma A. Kalnins (1956) M.D., University of Latvia. David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965) M.D., North Carolina. Assistant Professor of Surgery Assistant Professor of Neurology Professor of Surgery Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology Assistant Professor of Neurosurgery Professor of Pediatrics Weston M. Kelsey (1946) B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Richard A. Kemp (1967) M.D., Michigan. Robert M. Kerr (1966) B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell. Bok Soo Kim (1969) M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea. J. Stanton King, Jr. (1959) B.S., Chicago; Ph.D., Tennessee. Bill J. Kittrell (1969) A.B., California at Berkeley; M.D., Bowman Gray. Mariano La Via (1968) M.D., University of Messina, Italy. Eva S. Leake (1963) Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; M.S., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D. F. Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology Associate in Pharmacology Assistant Professor of Medicine Instructor in Pathology Research Associate Professor of Urology (Biochemistry) Instructor in Otolaryngology Professor of Pathology Norman H. Leake (1959) B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. Noel D. M. Lehner (1966) B.S., D.V.M., Illinois. Laurence B. Leinbach (1957) A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. Research Associate Professor of Reproductive Biology (Organic Chemistry) Associate in Pharmacology Thomas A. Lesh (1969) B.S., Michigan State; Ph.D. Indiana. Edward M. Lieberman (1968) B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida. Assistant Professor of Laboratory Animal Medicine Associate Professor of Radiology Instructor in Physiology Assistant Professor of Physiology 27 Faculty J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology Associate in Physiology B.A., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. Frank R. Lock (1941) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane. Hugh B Lofland, Jr. (1952) Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry) Associate in Biochemistry B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue. Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology (Preventive Medicine) B.S., London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester. George S. Malindzak, Jr. (1962) Associate Professor of Physiology A.B., Western Reserve; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State. James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Radiology A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve. Edwin H. Martinat (1963) Associate Professor of Orthopedics Associate Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation M.D., Bowman Gray. C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Professor of Radiology Associate in Neurology, and Assistant Dean (See Administration) Charles E. McCall (1968) Assistant Professor of Medicine Associate in Pharmacology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington. William M. McKinney (1963) Assistant Professor of Neurology Research Associate in Radiology B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia. Robert C McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Pediatrics Associate in Neurology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President for Medical Affairs and Dean (See Administration) Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Associate Professor of Surgery M.D., Western Reserve; A.B., Elon. Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve. Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine Associate in Physiology B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Medicine Associate in Physiology M.D., Bowman Gray. 28 Faculty William G. Montgomery (1964) Assistant Professor of Urology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. John Moossy (1967) Professor of Pathology (Neuropathology) Associate in Neurology M.D., Tulane. Robert P. Morehead (1936) Professor of Pathology B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. Richard T. Myers (1950) Professor of Surgery A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania. Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) Professor of Microbiology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington. Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of Medicine B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale. Virginia O'Connell (1966) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work B.S., Alabama State Teachers; M.A., Chicago. Ruth O'Neal (1969) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota. Charles E. Parkin (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee. Richard B. Patterson (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. Larry A. Pearce (1969) Assistant Professor of Neurology Associate in Pharmacology B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. William S. Pearson (1966) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology B.S., M.D., North Carolina. Timothy C. Pennell (1966) Assistant Professor of Surgery B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. John M. Pixley (1961) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State. Donald J. Pizzarello (1960) Associate Professor of Radiology (Radiation Biology) B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Fordham. Leland E. Powers (1968) Professor of Preventive Medicine M.D., Iowa; M.S.P.H., Michigan. Robert W. Prichard (1951) Professor of Pathology M.D., George Washington. Richard C. Proctor (1950) Professor of Psychiatry B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. William W. Quivers (1968) Associate Professor of Pediatrics B.S., Hampton Institute; M.D., Meharry. Angus C. Randolph (1948) Associate Professor of Psychiatry B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia. Carlos E. Rapela (1959) Professor of Physiology Associate in Pharmacology M.D., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires. Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center. 29 Faculty A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) Assistant Professor of Biostatistics B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State. Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Associate Professor of Microbiology B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California. R. Winston Roberts (1947) M.D., Duke. Robert E. Robinson, III (1967) B.S., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. Jack M. Rogers (1970) B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray Richard W. St. Clair (1967) B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State. Professor of Ophthalmology Research Instructor in Medicine Assistant Professor of Psychiatry Assistant Professor of Pathology (Physiology) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics Instructor in Anesthesiology Professor of Medicine Assistant Professor of Pathology Associate Professor of Physiology Professor of Surgery Instructor in Biochemistry Assistant Professor of Medicine Professor of Medicine Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology Doris Y. Sanders (1966) B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt Robert T. Savage (1970) B.S., M.D., North Carolina C. Glenn Sawyer (1952) M.D., Bowman Gray. Modesto Scharyj (1962) B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria. Herman E. Schmid, Jr. (1960) B.S., M.S., M.D., Illinois. Louis deS. Shaffner (1951) A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. Jerry Sipe (1969) B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; Ph.D., Wake Forest. William J. Spencer (1967) M.D., Bowman Gray. Charles L. Spurr (1957) B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester. John Allen Stanley (1967) A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard. Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961) B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard. Norman M. Sulkin (1952) B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa. * James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell; LL.B., La Salle. Walter H. Traub (1968) M.D., Munich; M.S., Rochester. Odus M. Mull Professor of Biochemistry William Neal Reynolds Professor of Anatomy B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Pathology Professor of Neurology B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale. Henry C. Turner (1967) Instructor in Anesthesiology A.B., M.D., North Carolina. * Absent on leave, August 1969 — June 1970. 30 Faculty Robert L. Tuttle (1950) (See Administration) John P. Umberger ( 1958) B.A., Roanoke; M.A., Iowa. Henry L. Valk (1950) A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. Clark E. Vincent (1964) A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California at Berkeley. Arthur Wainer (1962) B.S., Miami; Ph.D., Florida. B. MOSELEY WAITE (1967) B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke. Associate Professor of Microbiology and Academic Dean Instructor in Psychiatry (Psychology) Professor of Medicine Professor of Sociology (Obstetrics and Gynecology) Associate Professor of Biochemistry Assistant Professor of Biochemistry Walter A. Ward (1967) B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. L. David Waterbury (1969) B.S., Michigan; Ph.D., Vermont. Finley C. Watts (1967) B.S., Wake Forest. Lester Earl Watts (1965) M.D., Bowman Gray. Richard G. Weaver (1954) M.D., Washington. Joseph E. Whitley (1960) B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969) M.D., Bowman Gray. Howard M. Wisotzkey (1969) B.A., Dartmouth; M.D., Maryland. Richard L. Witcofski (1961) Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology Assistant Professor of Pharmacology Research Instructor in Radiology (Health Physics) Assistant Professor of Medicine Associate in Preventive Medicine Professor of Ophthalmology Professor of Radiology Instructor in Radiology (Diagnostic Radiology) Assistant Professor of Pathology- N europathology Assistant Professor of Radiology (Radiological Physics) Associate in Neurology B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Wake Forest. Ernest H. Yount (1948) A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt. Professor of Medicine 31 STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries The Z. Smith Reynolds Library (General Library) Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services Librarian. Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Reference Librarian Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Rare Books Librarian William K. Ach, A.B., B.S., in L.S., Microtext Librarian Mrs. Jeanette M. Smith, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Baptist Collection James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian Mrs. Janet L. Flowers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian Library of the School of Law Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Bowman Gray School of Medicine Main Library and Allied Health Library Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Librarian Mrs. Jean Beavers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Public Services Librarian Mrs. Diane Butzin, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Projects Librarian Mrs. Barbara DeWeerd, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Interloan Librarian .- ., Mg> SvC L&B tt 3 ■ H5 .V (1.3, ctt.rzf- CffJ ffLBOr y* bfc &-&■( j* u Mrs. Yvonne Moossy, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Services Librarian Patricia Orrok, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Allied Health Librarian 32 COACHING STAFF G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed, North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach B.S., Wake Forest. Calvin C. Stoll (1969) B.A., Minnesota. John W. McCloskey (1966) B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. Neil Johnston ( 1966) B.S., Ohio State. Harold C. Rhea (1968) Football Coach Basketball Coach Baseball Coach, Asst. Basketball Coach Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. Thomas F. Harper (1969) B.A., M.A., Kentucky. Ronald Mills Stark (1969) B.S., M.A., Missouri State. Thomas Y. Moore (1969) B.A., Iowa State; M.S., Dayton. William J. Lewis (1969) B.S., East Stroudsburg State. Oval Lee Jaynes (1969) B.S., Appalachian. William Beattie Feathers (1961) B.S., Tennessee. Theodore Guthard (1969) B.S., M.A., Michigan State. Norman Parker (1969) B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan. William A. Packer (1965) B.A., Wake Forest. James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) A.B., Presbyterian College. Robert T. Bartholomew (1969) B.A., Wake Forest. Lewis Martin (1958) Keith Tester (1969) B.S., Arkansas. Dal Lynch (1966) Swimming Coach; Instructor in Physical Education Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Freshman Football Coach Assistant Basketball Coach Tennis Coach Director of Deacon Club Trainer Business Manager of Athletics Athletic Equipment Manager- 33 COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 1970-71 Effective September 1, 1970 The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on Au- gust 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members of a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. Admissions Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Women. Voting. 1973 Noftle, Phillips; 1972 Olive, J. H. Smith; 1971 Earle, Hills. Advisory Council to Lower Division Waddill, Chairman; Angell, Baird, Barefield, Brehme, Broyles, Cage, Catron, Cook, Dimmick, Earle, Evans, Gossett, Hadley, C. V. Harris, Hayes, Hester, Himan, Hood, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, Mit- chell, Noftle, Olive, Parker, Pollock, L. H. Potter, Raynor, Reeves, Roberts, P. S. Robinson, Sanders, Sears, Sinclair, J. H. Smith, Sullivan, Syme, Tefft, Trible, Webber, G. P. Williams, Wolfe, Woodmansee, Wyatt. Athletics Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1975 Bryant, Christman, 1974 Drake, Gay; 1973 Ellison, C. Richman; 1972 Burroughs, Hylton; 1971 Catron, Yearns. Buildings and Grounds Administrative: Provost, Dean of the College, Treasurer, Registrar, Di- rector of the Physical Plant; 1975 Seelbinder, 1974 Cook, 1973 Tedford, 1972 Allen, 1971 Angell. Curriculum Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Registrar, and the chairman of each department of Wake Forest College as follows: Art, Biology, Business and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classical Languages, Economics, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and An- thropology, Speech. 34 Committees Executive Non-Voting. Provost, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, and Dean of Women. Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, and the fol- lowing faculty members: 1973, Brehme, Shaw; 1972 Fraser, Gossett; 1971 Miller, Mitchell. Faculty Marshals 1973 Pollock, 1972 Olive, 1971 Huber Graduate Council Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of Grad- uate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1974 Fosso, 1973 Trible; 1972 Barnett; 1971 Cowgill, G. P. Williams; 1970 Beck. Honors Dean of the College, Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1974 Beck, 1973 Fosso, 1972 Fleer, 1971 Waddill. Library Planning Regular. Director of Libraries, Librarian, 1973 Shorter, A. S. Tillett; 1972 Covey, Talbert; 1971 Dimmick, PoUock. Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Chairmen of all departments (as under Curriculum Committee above). Men's Judicial Board Non-voting. Dean of Students (or his designated representative) as secre- tary. Voting. 1973 Baxley, Helm; 1972 Hall, Woodmansee; 1971 Broyles; Fleer; and six students in Wake Forest College. Nominations 1973 Brown, Cage; 1972 Preseren, Shields; 1971 Shirley, Smiley. Orientation Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chairman; Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, President of the Student Government. Publications Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications; Faculty ad- visers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1973 Kenion, 1972 Barefield, 1971 L. H. Potter. 35 Committees ROTC Board Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1973 Falkenberg, 1972 Zuber, 1971 Hester. Scholarship and Student Aid Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Women and the following faculty members: 1973 McDowell, Richards; 1972 Hayes, Syme; 1971 Owen, G. P. Williams. Student Life Non-Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Women, Dean of Men, Chaplain. Voting. 1973 Moorhouse, Sanders, Sullivan; 1972 Crisp, Reeves, Rein- hardt; 1971 Himan, Wolfe, Zuber, and six students in Wake Forest College. Teacher Education Chairman of the Department of Education, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College; 1973 Raynor, Rhea; 1972 Campbell, W. G. May; 1971 Hendricks, J. C. McDonald. Traffic Commission Director of the Physical Plant; 1973 Andronica, Olive; 1972 Gulley, E. W. Hamrick; 1971 Barrow, Howard, and six students in Wake Forest College. University Senate President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Admin- istration, Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of Development, and the following: Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1973 Banks, Schoonmaker; 1972 Barnett, Hills; 1971 Carter, Nowell; 1970 Turner, J. E. Williams. Representatives of the School of Law: 1973 Webster; 1971 Lee. Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1973 Rapela; 1972 Prichard; 1971 Bo; 1970 Hayes. Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1973 Hylton; 1971 Scott. Representatives of the Graduate School: 1973 L. R. Tillett; 1972 Shields; 1971 Flory; 1970 Sulkin. 36 THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT Historical Sketch Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes which led to the organization of the convention in 1830 was to establish an educational institution that would give training under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and laymen. Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con- vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in December 1838 as Wake Forest College. With teachers who were graduates of Columbia College, Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four young men in June 1839. From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies (now the Graduate School) in 1961. In 1942 the College became co- educational. * This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 37 Historical Sketch The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu- dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries, lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From the beginning the College has made marked contributions to Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found- ers of the institution. In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on the old campus. The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United States delivering the principal address. The following spring actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray Foundation. Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now occupies the campus. The University By reason of the growth and development of the College, and because of the expansion of its program not only in its 38 Historical Sketch professional and graduate schools but also in the College of Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. Administration and Instruction. The University is governed by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina Baptist Convention. The Board has thiry-six members who serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the annual convention. During its history of 136 years the College has been headed by a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these (Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the dates of their administrations, follows: Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- The growth and progress of the College are due in no small degree to the leadership of its presidents! and to the faculty of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren Gorrell, Modem Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 * During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of Greek) , served as chairman of the Faculty. t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 39 Purposes and Objectives years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36 years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earn- shaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, seven- teen have served more than thirty years, including the following who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr. A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. Charles S. Black, Chem- istry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, History, 44 years; and Dr. Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a word, the University has enlisted and retained throughout their teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to the Uni- versity and to its ideals of culture and Christian leadership. Purposes and Objectives As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in building a system of values which takes full account of the things of the spirit as well as things material that they may become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital and relevant faith. These purposes underlie the total academic program of the University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, business, research, and other professions. 40 Endowment Religious Program Wake Forest was founded as a result of a religious concern for education and missions. That same concern means in part that the University undertakes to help individual students become authentic, whole persons. The religious program seeks to clarify the Christian style of life and indicate its cohesion with academic excellence. There are twice-weekly worship services, student meetings, and lec- tures by faculty and visiting speakers. All such programs, in- cluding the weekly worship services, are voluntary. These pro- grams are planned by the faculty convocation committee and co- ordinated by the Chaplain's office. The Chaplain coordinates denominational and interdenomi- national programs including discussions and projects designed to provide specific opportunities for students to express their religious concerns. The year's activities begin with a pre-school retreat for all students under the guidance of campus ministers who represent the major denominations. Whereas some of them have responsibilities at other colleges in Winston-Salem, all of them undertake a personal ministry to Wake Forest students and encourage them to take advantage of the religious oppor- tunities provided by churches in Winston-Salem. The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday in Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty, ad- ministration, and people from the city of Winston-Salem. This relationship between the University and the campus church has existed for many years. Although planted in the soil of Baptist tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake Forest Church has embraced and contributed to the growing ecumenism of the University. Its membership and mission are open to all who may seek its ministry and may wish to use it as an instrument for their mission to the world. Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. 41 Endowment On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda- tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu- sively by the School of Medicine. Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be used for scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1969, were approximately $1,500,000. The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow- ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at $3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the Chair of Botany. In December, 1969, an endowment in the amount of $2,000,000 was received from the Foundation for the use and benefit of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration. In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income from which is to be used to support the Library, was received from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 1966, the University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell Scholarship Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately $2,000,000 at June 30, 1969. On June 30, 1969 all endowment funds controlled by the University had a book value of $22,484,000 and market value of $40,083,000. In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, and the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust Fund. 42 Academic Buildings The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con- tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made available to the College income of the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match- ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Upon reaching this goal, the Foundation increased the annual grant to $620,000 in 1968, and also announced an additional $150,000 per year for five years. Buildings and Grounds Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu- dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session. The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con- structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one of the most attractive in the South. The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, a lake, and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one of the finest collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. Academic Buildings Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over- looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and men's dormitories at right and left. Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of 43 Academic Buildings Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra- tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The University Computer Center is located in the basement. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of the academic campus, this building contains space for eight tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of the Library. Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the Departments of Chemistry and Physics. Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey- nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics. Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli- seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart- ment of Military Science is also housed in this building. Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, a student lounge, and other specific use rooms. Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, and a main lecture room which seats 200. 44 Student Residences Charles H. Babcock Business Building. Occupied in Septem- ber 1969, this building contains offices and classrooms for the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and the Department of Mathematics. This building contains a variety of instructional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms, a reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are equipped for full audio-visual use. Student Residences Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene- factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor- ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com- mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College Book Store. Dormitories for Women. Three dormitories for women are located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall. These are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief benefactors of the College. The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air conditioning system installed in several facilities. The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant, this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and maintenance. 45 Libraries Libraries In its libraries the University holds 368,273 printed volumes, distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 276,039; the Library of the School of Law, 38,556; and the Libraries of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 53,678. In- cluded are 39,932 volumes of United States Government docu- ments, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library being an official, although selective, depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is maintained: there are 10,618 reels of microfilm, including runs of local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 98,478 pieces of microprint, which include substantial items like the British Parliamentary Papers and the Human Relations Area File. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides adequate support for a liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although expanding, graduate program. Moderate emphasis has been placed on North Carolina and Southeastern materials; and a Baptist Collection, now containing more than 7,000 items which include files of Baptist serials and individual church records, is maintained. The Library enjoys the income from an endowment fund of about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts: a donation of assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- tion in 1965; and a gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. The income is applied more particularly to the expansion of the book stock as a support for graduate studies, although a part was used initially for certain changes and addi- tions in the Library building. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library is in the later stages of reclassifying its collection according to the Library of Congress schedules, a change which is producing a better arrangement of books and an acceleration of book processing. An open-stack policy enables users to consult books directly at the shelves, and copying facilities are available at nominal cost. Current issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory research. Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on 46 Libraries the colonial and early national periods of American history. To acquire important editions of Edmund Spenser and related background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell Home established a fund for the purchase of titles of a general nature. Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Univer- sity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first editions; while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes. The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, in recogni- tion of the interest in the Library manifested by his father, George Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although heterogeneous in nature, primarily con- tains material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the Library. While this collection is principally supported by the donor, it has also received and welcomes contributions from interested friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired for the Collection. The Library of the School of Law contains 38,556 volumes, including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks. The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a collection of 53,678 volumes containing the periodicals, texts, and monographs necessary to instruction and research in medical theory and practice. The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University. The Library of the Military Science Department, located in the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving 47 The Piedmont University Center the United States, the material covers such subjects as com- munism, the "Cold War", counterinsurgency, and anti-guerrilla warfare, as well as foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space activities. Art Museum The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the collection. The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. The Piedmont University Center Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni- versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of higher education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc- tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the twenty member institutions. Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen- ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec- tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and (c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation. 48 ADMISSION A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest University must furnish testimonials of good moral character, must present evidences of educational achievement represented by graduation from an accredited public high school or an accredited private secondary school, and must present a score (senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private secondary school and the recommendations of the school official must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. Information about the times and places at which the College Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves the right to reject any application without explanation. An applicant for admission who has attended another college must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and must have an overall average of at least C on all college work attempted.* These are minimum requirements for consideration. The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical the student's part of the application, and should then give to the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention of the Committee on Admissions. An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of processing the application is required. This should accompany the appli- cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in - Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 49 Admission the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the application. If possible, the completed application should be sent at least eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case of emergency, the final date for making application for the spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15. The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all degrees are as follows: English 4 units One Foreign Language 2 units History (Social Studies) 2 units Mathematics: Algebra IV2 or 2 units Geometry 1 unit Electives to bring the total to 16 units A student who is admitted from another college before fully meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake Forest. When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis- sion deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to Wake Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within three weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by the applicant and a written request for refund is received by the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than June 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates. If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the date of acceptance. Deposits made after June 1 and November 1 are not refundable. 50 Advanced Placement No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll for the summer session only. The Early Decision Plan This plan is available to well qualified high school students who at the close of their junior years have definitely decided that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision Agreement is required with each application. The application for early decision must be filed by October 1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include the high school record through the junior year, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and scores on three achievement tests: (1) English Com- position, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be chosen by the applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken in March or May of the junior year. In early November, the Committee on Admissions will make decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted, the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1. Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes- ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply elsewhere. Advanced Placement Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor- mation as may be available. Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad- vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to Wake Forest College from another college. Admission to Advanced Standing Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 51 Advanced Standing the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand- ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca- laureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and one other. 52 UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student and the University. The University reserves the right to change without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the student's term of residence. Charges are due in full not later than the date of registration. Information concerning payment will be sent to all students prior to the beginning of each semester. Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac- count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for the succeeding semester. Wake Forest College and School of Business Administration Charges for the Regular School Year MEN Per Semester Per Year Tuition $775 $1,550 Activity Fee 1 75 150 Dormitory Room Rental (double room each) 2 130- 155 260- 310 $980-$l,030 $l,960-$2,060 WOMEN Per Semester Per Year Tuition $775 $1,550 Activity Fee 1 75 150 Dormitory Room Rental (double room each) 2 140- 165 280- 330 $990-$l,040 $l,980-$2,080 Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See pages 54 and 55. 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 12 semester hours) are charged $60.00 per semester hour, but do not pay the activity fee. Part-time students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed on page 65, nor are they granted free admission to athletic contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services. 2 In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number of single rooms that rent for $25.00 more a semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for $35.00 less than a double room. 53 Charges The activity fee covers such items as would normally require the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer- sity, and to certain student activities, including religious and dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub- lications, Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler. It further provides for the attendance of the University phy- sician and nurses in the University hospital. A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually or under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is $600-$700. Contractual board plan reduces cost by about one-third. Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $100. Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a Winston-Salem firm is located on campus. Other College Charges Admission Application Fee. Required with each application for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. $10.00. Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is credited to the student's University charges for the semester for which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to June 1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of cancellation of plans to enter. $50.00. Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de- scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to $80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees are from $5.00 to $14.00. 54 Charges Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for damages to his room or university property in accordance with Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi- tory Damage Appeals. Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates for degrees. $15.00. Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is made for special services and expensive drugs. University Hos- pital charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day. Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange for the student insurance which covers these charges. The stu- dent insurance premium is usually under $35.00 per year. Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00. Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after the dates set by the faculty. $10.00. Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if requested prior to June 30. $50.00. Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb- ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un- authorized change. ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear excepted, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball. $20.00. Special Examination. Required for each special examination taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 55 Charges Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per month. Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office. May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle Registration $10.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00. record are issued for him. Transcripts. Copies of a student's record a irst copy free, additional copies $1.00 each. Charges for the Summer Session A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. This bulletin should be consulted for detailed infor- mation. All charges are due and payable at registration. First Second Session Session Total Summer School Fee 1 $120.00 2 $120.00 2 $240.00 Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 30.00 60.00 TOTAL $150.00 $150.00 $300.00 Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa- tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad- dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win- ston-Salem, N. C. 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of $20.00 per semester hour plus a $5.00 registration fee. 2 No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to public school teachers is $95.00 per session when duly "authorized by the Dean of the Summer Session. 56 Housing Withdrawal Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth on page 81 and must present their identification cards to the Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and activity fee is made according to the following table: Percentage of Total Tuition Number of Weeks and Activity Fee Attendance* to be Refunded 1 Total tuition less $50 2 85% 3 70% 4 55% 5 40% 6 25% 7 10% Food Services Four types of food service are available to students at Wake Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained home economist. The grill, located adjacent to the east lounge, oper- ates until 10:30 p.m., and is a favorite spot for students to gather. Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and gives the students a quiet place to enjoy eating with a menu of greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are served in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon, Thurs- day evening, and Sunday noon. Housing All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in or near Winston-Salem with their parents must live in University residences unless off-campus permission is given in writing by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Housing for Married Students An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located * Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full week. 57 Housing Regulations oh the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of Wake Forest University. Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made on the basis of priorities established by the date of application, and a lease is executed by the student and the University. Housing for Men 1 The semestral charge for double occupancy is $155.00 per student, due and payable at registration and may not be de- ferred. The charge for a single room is $180.00 per semester and for a double room occupied as a single room $205.00 per semester. When three persons occupy a room, the charge is $120.00 per person per semester. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. Room assignments are made by the Dean of Men. Housing for Women 1 Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional school may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women. The assignment of rooms is made to women students after admission requirements have been satisfied. Notification of assignments is made in the summer preceding the opening of the session in September. The semester charge is $165.00 per student, due and payable at registration and may not be deferred. The charge for a single room is $190.00 per semester and for a double room occupied as a single room $215.00 per semester. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. Housing Regulations Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of University housing are found in the Student Handbook. 1 See footnote number 2 on page 53. 58 SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences). The Committee requires that applications for financial aid be made on forms obtainable by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted to students enrolled in the professional schools of law and medicine. To receive consideration for a scholarship the applicant must either be a registered, fulltime student in Wake Forest College or have been accepted for admission. Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, and each applicant must file a financial statement as part of his application for financial aid. The Committee reserves the right to revoke any financial aid for unworthy achievement. No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must be made each year. Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so that final action will have been taken before the beginning of the school year. Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial Aid Fund. Scholarships The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fratern- ity, this scholarship is available to a male freshman student who presents evidence of need and an excellent high school record. A minimum of $200.00 is available. Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with pre- ference being given to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200. 59 Scholarships Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar- ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail- able in each of the junior and senior years. The J. G.i. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. The value of this scholarship is approximately $100. Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,200. Awards for more than $1,000 will be determined on the basis of need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel- lect and leadership. Up to twenty-five scholars will be selected by the Committee annually. College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of $100 to $1,550 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass- men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of need. Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Devotion Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for those needy stu- dents who have a keen interest in and high aptitude for the subject of mathematics and its related interests. The value of this scholarship is up to $2,000. Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are available to a limited number of undergraduate students with exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student 60 Scholarships may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend- ing the college of his choice. Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public Accountants, present to an outstanding accounting major an Accounting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of $500. The recipient for this award will be designated by the ac- counting faculty. The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli- cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- mately $200. James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund shall be used to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is ap- proximately $500. George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete and must request the necessary application forms before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these scholarships will range up to $2,700. 61 Scholarships George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary according to the student's need as determined from the financial statement required to be submitted with his application. Frank P. Hob good Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the perference being in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation of the president of the junior college. Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra- ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail- able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- ship is approximately $300. Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. The value is approximately $125.00 per year. Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in 62 Scholarships the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial assistance." Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It may be renewed for succeeding years. Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, this fund make two or more scholarships available each year in memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference to North Carolina Baptist students. William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending on need as determined from a financial statement submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be remewed for the senior year. Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work. Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref- erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are awarded. A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out- standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the ac- counting faculty, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need, and interest in public accounting. 63 Scholarships ROTC Scholarship. Two, three and four-year ROTC scholar- ships are available to students who are motivated toward the Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General of their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen and sophomores at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science for two-year and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recipient commits himself by contract to a special military obligation and receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $50 per month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance. The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholar- ship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their father and mother. One scholarship will be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- mately $400. Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec- tric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial need. Value, up to $1,200. Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a 64 Loan Funds male student entering the junior year, who has shown an interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The value of this scholarship is approximately $500. Designated Scholarships for: Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: (1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years in the pastoral ministry within twevle years from the last date of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the event of death. Value, up to $300.00. Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handicapped students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehibilitation, Raleigh, and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value, up to $300.00. Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake Forest University for not more than four school years or the equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. Value, up to $150.00. Loan Funds James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00 per academic year. Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 65 Loan Funds James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu- dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of enrollment. Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy students. Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who would otherwise be unable to completely finance a college education. George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from Davidson County, North CaroJina. Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa- tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater 66 Loan Funds Christian service in life and whose circumstances require financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu- cational program. Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become medical missionaries. Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor and the college. The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need of financial assistance. The law further provides that special consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all students with a superior academic background. North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit of worthy young people attending the School of Religion who need financial assistance. The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 67 Spanish Exchange Scholarship James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. Ministerial Aid Fund The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been added to from time to time. Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, in addition to such others as the Committee may award. German Exchange Scholarship In 1959 a student exchange program was established between Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer- sity student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks a semester for the purchase of books; (4) Free accommodation in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen. Candidates must have had at least two years of German at the college level or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the chairman of the department in question. Spanish Exchange Scholarship In 1964 a student exchange program was established between Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive 68 Student Employment semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University whether one or two students are selected annually to study during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; (2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the department in question. Church Choir Work Grants These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia- bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee of the Church and the Department of Music of the University. There are 15 awards, each values at $300. Student/ Student Wife Employment The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours work per week is suggested for full-time students. Applications for part-time employment, as well as for summer jobs, may be obtained in Room 120, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus jobs or employment opportunities in the community. 69 ACTIVITIES Student Government The two chief agencies of student government are the Student Legislature and the Student Honor Council. The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six represen- tatives of the four classes, the vice-president of the student body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legisla- ture to perform all acts necessary in the exercise of its powers as the legislative branch of student government. The Legislature also sets up student committees to work parallel with faculty committees on matters concerning students. The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior, junior, and sophomore classes. The Honor System The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part of the Student Government of the College as adopted by the students and approved by the Administration. The essence of the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or other pledge work, he must have complete respect for the prop- erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that comes under his observation. A student accused of violating the Honor System will be given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such stu- dent shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer to another college without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly pass- 70 Forensic Activities ing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in the discretion of the Honor Council. Any student who has been convicted of violation of the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and the student is returned to good standing. Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the integrity of their student community and their own individual rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. Men's Judicial Board The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty committee, rules on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student hand- book) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one of these regulations or who behaves in such a way as to bring reproach upon himself or upon the University is subject to whatever penalty the Board deems appropriate. Senior Orations On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four members of the senior class as speakers for commencement day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Com- mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to the committee for approval before May 16. Forensic Activities Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating and allied speech activities, and the University holds member- ship in a number of state and national speech organizations, including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon- orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University 71 Speech Institute engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of competitive speaking. All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter- collegiate competition. Debate and Speech Tournaments A. Novice Tournament In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate tournament to which are invited college novice debaters. Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the tournament. The tournament is open to college students who have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating. B. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament In the late fall, the University sponsors a national debate tournament to which are invited colleges and universities who excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools. C. High School Invitational Tournament In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DSR- TKA, a national debate honorary, sponsors a high school de- bate tournament to which are invited high school debaters from throughout the Southeast. Awards are given to the win- ning schools. D. Wake Forest University Speech Festival for High School Students In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Caro- lina. Awards are given to the winning schools and individuals in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting. Speech Institute High school students are invited to participate in the Summer Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular summer session, and which is open to students from all states. 72 University Radio Station Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, oral interpretation and radio is offered, and students are given an opportunity to debate the National Forensic League query in advance of the regular debate season. University Theatre The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University. Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out for the casts and to work with the production staffs. The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas- tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through participation in University Theatre activities. Readers' Theatre The theatre program recently expanded its scope to provide an opportunity for more students to participate on another level. The Readers' Theatre presents programs with selections from prose and poetry and rarely performed dramas. It is an opportunity for students to expand literary and artistic horizons as either participants or members of an audience. University Radio Station — WFDD-FM The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year- round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis- cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro- vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio production while actually participating as announcers, inter- viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis- tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for qualified students. 73 Medals and Other Awards Publications The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are published by the students. Medals and Other Awards The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior making the best address on commencement day. The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken by him in the School of Business Administration. The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com- pany of Elon College, N. C. The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in Biology who does the best piece of original research during the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest University. The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of Physics. The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior to the semester in which graduation occurs. The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded annually during the graduation exercises to the graduating senior in the 74 Fraternities School of Business Administration who has the highest average for the first three years. The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year during commencement to the graduating accounting major who has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior accounting major. The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior who has been most outstanding in finance courses. The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of inter- collegiate debating. The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of student publications. The Claud H. Richards Award in Political Science is pre- sented annually to the outstanding graduating senior in the De- partment of Political Science. Fraternities The following social fraternities have been established : Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the governing body of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until the end of their probationary period. The following professional fraternities have been established: Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity. 75 Honor Societies Honor Societies The following honor societies have been established: Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama- tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili- tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Tassels. There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section of the American Institute of Physics. Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer- ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali- ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished themselves in fields of liberal scholarship. Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in business. Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel- ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects semi- annually on the basis of character and eminence in one or more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; student government, social and religious activities; publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural activities." Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. Its purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship among university women, to promote and maintain a high stand- ard of scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership, and to stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman." Membership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership. 76 Intercollegiate Athletics Recreational Activities Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main- taining the well-being of students, the University provides extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each student is given the opportunity to develop his individual interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes. In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa- tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting of tournaments and organized club activities. In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a combination athletic, physical education and recreation building which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two men's intramural gyms. The College Union The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop social, recreational, and educational activities available to Wake Forest College students, both on and off campus. Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col- lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join. The program of the College Union can best be presented by listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Committee, (2) Rec- reation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major Functions Committee, (5) Publicity Committee, (6) Movies Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Arts Committee. Intercollegiate Athletics The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol- legiate athletic activities. The University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of players. 77 GENERAL INFORMATION Classification The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as follows: Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 50 quality points; Junior — the completion of not fewer than 54 hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 108 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 95 hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality points. Registration After the Freshman Year An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reser- vation deposit at the required time (see Calendar on page 4) during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for the next fall semester. Procedure in Registering There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from the Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul- tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com- pleted his registration. Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum Requirements Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of laboratory or field work as equal to one hour of recitation, are the maximum normally allowed freshmen. Seventeen credit hours a week are the maximum which sophomores, juniors and seniors may nor- mally take. A student may register for as much as nineteen credit hours per semester provided that the additional hours over the normal maximum include only hours in the following 78 Enforcement of Regulations courses: a one-hour physical education course, one music ensemble course, and Military Science. Additional work over the maximum is not otherwise allowed except by permission of the Dean of the College, and then only to students whose records are superior. The minimum number of hours for which a student may register is twelve for the term unless he is given special per- mission because of exceptional conditions or because he is doing outside work to support himself in college. Twelve hours consti- tute full-time status. Auditing of Classes A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in- structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $10.00 per hour with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what- ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade or credit for the course. Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. Enforcement of Regulations The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa- tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government assumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the Dean, for the regulations of the honor system and various other matters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations of the University are adapted to and intended for those who have reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control. 79 Class Attendance Regulations All students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt and regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon themselves and upon the University, or disregard the rights and the welfare of their fellow students are required to with- draw from the University. Class Attendance Regulations The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi- bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi- dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully measured by testing procedures alone. The members of the student body are considered sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind of self-discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action as the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate suspension from the College. The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students who have been absent from class (1) because of illness (when certified by the University Health Service) or other extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives of the University (when their names have been submitted by appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences are considered "excused," and a record of them is available to the student's instructors upon request. An instructor deter- mines whether work the student has missed (including quizzes) may be made up. 80 Minimum Academic Requirements Course Drops The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A student who wishes to drop any course before this date must consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult his faculty adviser and either the Dean of the College or the Director of the B.B.A. Program, as appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he authorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as F. If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the student will be subject to academic probation for the following semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Com- mittee of the faculty may impose. Withdrawal from College A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with- drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work. If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for knowing whether he has failed to meet the College's minimum academic requirements for continuation as outlined below. 81 Minimum Academic Requirements On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring term, the following students are academically ineligible to enroll for the following fall term: (1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 48 and no more than 87 semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.65 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 88 and no more than 119 semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (4) Those students who, having attempted 120 or more semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at Wake Forest. In the determination of the quality point ratio, non-credit courses are not counted. Any student who is ineligible under the minimum require- ments above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio on work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the end of the first summer term, he may attend the second term in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply for re- admission no earlier than for the following spring semester. If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by the end of the second summer term, he may apply for readmis- sion no earlier than for the following summer session. Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. * The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing .the net quality points earned by the number of hours carried (whether passed or failed) . 82 Probation Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the student, and after consultation with the student's dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend from college at the end of any term any student whose record for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and regulations of the College. Requirements for Readmission Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin- uation for students in his category of hours attempted (see page 82, except that (1) a student who has not met these requirements may apply for admission to the summer school only; (2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and a half and has spent that time constructively; (3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or if his failure to have the required average at the time of his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum- stances beyond his control. It should be understood by the student and his parents that meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure that the student will be readmitted to the University. Probation A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic standing. Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the grade average which he will be required to have at the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic probation. 83 Grade of E Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such special academic probation as the Executive Committee of the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee may at any time place on probation any student whose academic performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or the University. Examinations and Grades All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam- ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid has been given or received. Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis- factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; F, failure. Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. Grade of I The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when on account of illness or some other emergency a student does not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I is not completed within thirty days after the student enters for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. Grade of E A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be re-examined at any regular examination period within a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination 84 Senior Conditions permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con- ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course to secure credit. Pass-Fail Grades A student during his junior and senior years is permitted to elect up to 4 courses (but no more than one course in a given term), with the stipulation that grades for these courses will be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that these grades will not be counted in computing the student's quality point ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; a grade of Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indicate at the time of registration that he is choosing to take a course under this arrangement, and he may not change it to a letter-grade basis after the first two weeks of classes. In preparing his class roll the instructor will indicate which students are registered on a Pass-Fail basis. Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic course requirements or those in the student's major. Repetition of Courses A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has already received a grade of C or higher. Senior Conditions A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. Such examination will be regarded as a special examination and will entail a fee of $2.50. All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date is dropped from the roll of the class. 85 Transcripts of Student Records If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before the next examination period. Reports A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis- factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades and attendance is given to the student, and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian. A report of the progress of each fresh- man is sent to the high school or preparatory school from which he was admitted. The Dean's List The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester by the Dean of the College and the Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and will include all full-time students who have made a quality point ratio of 3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a summer session are not considered in the preparation of the List. Graduation Distinctions Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are determined as follows: A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, in relation to the total semester hours attempted, shall be graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest University. Transcripts of Student Records The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without the authorization of the owner of the record. 86 Experiment in International Living Summer Session Elsewhere A student who desires to attend summer session in another college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and the chairman of the department concerned. A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close of the summer session. Study Abroad To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of study relevant to his degree program at the University and must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his major department and the dean of the school in which he is enrolled. He must then file an approved Study Abroad Appli- cation with the Registrar. Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester hours) may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the University of the work taken. Students are encouraged to study under one of the established programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In some cases independent study at foreign universities may be approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting after completion of approved foreign study. Experiment in International Living The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by the University. This is a semester program, available in any one of several countries either semester. To participate in this program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan- ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by the chairman of the student's major department, the chair- man of such other departments as may be involved and the dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. The program carries a maximum of twelve semester hours credit upon satisfactory completion. 87 The Church and Industry, Institute Center for Psychological Services The Center provides specialized services in educational- vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop- ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no charge to the full-time student for Center services. Wake Forest University Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides those services necessary to students in the maintenance of their health. Utilizing the medical report from a student's family physician, the Health Service physicians evaluate the student's health status when he is admitted. Any health problems present then, or arising later, are treated in the University Clinic and Hospital. The facilities and personnel of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and the Forsyth Memorial Hospital are also used if needed. The Health Service also works closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental health problems. In the Clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and laboratory tests, but none for office visits. When it becomes necessary to refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere, all costs must be assumed by the student. The Church and Industry Institute The Church and Industry Institute provides learning oppor- tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry. Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educa- tional centers operated by industry and in continuing educa- tion centers operated by universities for industry and has con- ducted summer programs for seminarians in industry. In addi- tion to consulting services, it also designs conferences for de- nominational groups and seminaries. The Institute publishes a quarterly of reprints for clergy. 88 Veterans Placement Office Services The Placement Office arranges on-campus, career interviews with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest University. Career information may be found in the Placement Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement is available during regular office hours for consultation on career matters. Navy ROC Program The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate (ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills (op- tional) at the Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during the summers following his junior and senior years (required). Further information is available through the Commanding Offi- cer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake Forest faculty. Veterans Applicants who need information concerning educational benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This office for North Carolina is located at Wachovia Building, Win- ston-Salem, North Carolina. 89 REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master of Arts, Juris Doctor; and Doctor of Medicine, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman Gray School of Medicine. The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the following exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of Arts a student must complete a foreign language through courses numbered 211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 18 hours of languages*; (2) for the degree of Bachelor of Science a student must com- plete a foreign language through courses numbered 211, 212, or eight hours in a second natural science or six additional hours in mathematics or six hours in accountancy.** The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon those students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy,*** Biology, Business,*** Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Educa- tion, Physics, or Education with State teacher's certification in Mathematics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements in Medical Technology or Medical Record Administration or the Physician Assistant Program; or (3) complete the requirements for the combined degree in Medical Sciences, Dentistry, Engi- neering, or Forestry. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu- dents who (1) complete a major in other departments in Wake Forest College, or (2) complete the requirements for the com- bined degree in Law. Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements as stated. A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni- versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two degrees. * The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six hours in the principles of economics. ** The accountancy option is available only to students majoring in Business or Account- ancy. *** To be awarded after 1971. Students graduating in 1972 or 1973 may elect to satisfy the requirements for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. In the absence of extenuating cir- cumstances, the B.B.A. will not be awarded after June 1973. 90 Basic Course Requirements Academic Requirements For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the student must complete (1) the basic course requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major department, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 128 credit hours. He must complete at least 64 hours, including the work of the senior year, in Wake Forest College.* In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the student must present at least 256 quality points and a quality point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours attempted. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. A student who transfers from another institution or takes any work in other institutions must earn at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on all hours attempted in Wake Forest College and have at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on the total number of hours attempted at all colleges. A student has the privilege of graduating under the provisions of the catalog under which he enters provided that he completes his course within six years; after the interval of six years he is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the class with which he is graduated. Basic Course Requirements All undergraduate students in Wake Forest University are enrolled in the College during their freshman and sophomore years. A student is not admitted as a candidate for a degree in any school except the College until the end of his sophomore year and the completion of the entrance requirements of the school to which application is made. All students enrolled in the College must take certain required basic courses. These requirements apply uniformly to all under- graduate degrees and all combined degrees, except as other- wise noted. For exceptions in combined degree programs, see pages 97-103 of this catalog. 91 Basic Course Requirements These basic course requirements are as follows: English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Religion (6 hours) selected as follows: 3 hours from courses 111, 112, 153, 155, 157, and 3 hours from courses 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. Philosophy 111 (3 hours) History 111, 112 (6 hours) Social Science, one of the following three: Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) 1 Political Science 151 and normally one of the following: 152, 230, 251, 260 (6 hours). 2 Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following: Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sophomores only), or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or any course from Anthropology 351 through 373. Natural Science, one of the following three: Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Mathematics (3 hours) (A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring additional mathematics should continue mathematics through the freshman year.) Physical Education (2 hours) Language: 3 to 18 hours depending on the following 3 factors: 1. Requirements for the different degrees: a) Bachelor of Arts: candidate completes courses 211, 212, or their equivalents. b) Bachelor of Science: candidate completes course 152 (or Greek 112) and one of the following: Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) A second natural science (8 hours) Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) Accountancy 111, 112 (6 hours) 4 c) Combined degree in Law: candidate completes course 152 (or Greek 112) and one of the following: Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) A second natural science (8 hours) Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) d) Bachelor of Business Administration: candidate completes course 152, or may substitute Speech 151 and Mathematics 162 (6 hours), and also completes Economics 151, 152 (6 hours). 1 Except for students taking B.B.A. - Any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the department. 3 A student who plans graduate study or medical study should consult his adviser about additional foreign language study in his undergraduate program. 4 This option is available only to students majoring in Business or Accountancy. 92 Committee on Open Curriculum 2. Evaluation of high school units. One unit of high school language is considered the equivalent of one semester course of college language. Thus, if a student has had 1 high school unit, he would normally enter course 112 2 high school units, he would normally enter course 151 3 high school units, he would normally enter course 152 4 high school units, he would normally enter course 211 3. Evaluation by testing and regulations concerning credit. A placement test is given to assist in proper placement of students. A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equivalent of any modern foreign language taken in high school receives no col- lege credit for the course repeated. A student who repeats in college a classical language taken in high school may receive credit. (A stu- dent who offers 2 high school units of one foreign language may commence a second foreign language with credit.) The basic course requirements are to be completed, where possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will find it necessary to postpone some of the basic courses until the junior year in order to make room for certain courses necessary to the work in the major field; but a minimum of twelve hours from among the basic courses must appear on every student's program each semester until these courses are completed, except that after the freshman year a minimum of nine hours each semester may be considered sufficient if other courses necessary to work in the major field must be taken. No student, except by a specific vote of the College faculty in regular session, may set aside, or substitute another course or other courses for, any of the basic course requirements.* For further details about course requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult the section of the catalog dealing with the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration. Committee on Open Curriculum On November 10, 1969, the undergraduate faculties of Wake Forest College passed the following resolution : That the faculty establish a Committee on Open Curriculum to oversee an open curriculum program wherein superior stu- * See, however, the statement below concerning the Committee on Open Curriculum and the statement on page 105 concerning Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71. 93 Upper Division dents may be permitted to waive the usual curricular require- ments in the lower division; That the functions of the Committee on Open Curriculum be (a) to select superior students for the program, (b) to confer with these students and advise them about their program of study, enrolling them in some but perhaps not all of the basic courses, and (c) to make periodic reports to the faculty on its actions; That the membership of the Committee on Open Curriculum be eight members of the faculty plus an administrative repre- sentative, ex officio, and that the faculty membership be two members elected from each of the following groups: Group A: Classical Languages, English, German, Romance Languages, Speech. Group B: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Edu- cation, Physics. Group C: Art, History, Music, Philosophy, Religion. Group D: Business and Accountancy, Economics, Education, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and An- thropology. That during the academic year 1970-71 the number of stu- dents selected for the open curriculum program would not ex- ceed 3-10% of the freshman class and that selection of students would be made either before or during their freshman year; and That the Committee on Open Curriculum work under the basic principle that a liberal education entails work in a number of areas representing the humanities, the sciences, and the social sciences. Admission to the Upper Division The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro- duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda- tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields during the junior and senior years. 94 Upper Division Before applying for admission to the upper division and beginning work on the major subject, a student should have 64 credit hours and 128 quality points in the lower division. In no case will a student be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 54 hours of credit and 108 quality points. All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the beginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test in the use of the English language. Course of Study for the Upper Division Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each student is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the department or school concerned his selection of a major subject in which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior years. Before this selection is formally approved by the Registrar, however, the student must present to him a written statement from the authorized representative of the depart- ment or school in which he wishes to major that he has received the permission of that department or school. The student will also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the depart- ment or school to assist him in planning his work for the junior and senior years. A department which rejects a student as a major will file with the Dean of the College a written statement including the reason (s) for the rejection. After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change from one major to another without the approval of the departments concerned. The student's course of study for the junior and senior years includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major (see the table below), together with such other courses as he shall select and his adviser shall approve — the latter courses to be sufficiently related to the student's major to justify their inclusion in his program. This course of study must include a minimum of 42 hours in the student's field of concentration (that is, his major and related courses) beyond the basic course requirements as outlined on pages 92-93. Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect twelve 95 Majors additional hours in religion beyond the six hours included in the basic requirements. The following list indicates the number of hours required in the departmental majors: Department Major Accountancy 28 Anthropology 30 Biology 36 Business 30 Chemistry 37 Economics 30 Education 18 English 30 French 30 German 30 Greek 30 History 30 Latin 30 Mathematics 33 Music 36 Philosophy 24 Physical Education 35 Physics 33 Political Science 30 Psychology 30 Religion 30 Religious Education 30 Sociology 30 Spanish 30 Speech 30 At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest College. Beyond the basic course requirements and the approved course of study in his field of concentration, the student will elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 hours. Not more than 40 hours of the 128 hours required for gradu- ation may be taken in a single field of study. For the purposes of this regulation, the following fields of study are recognized: Accountancy, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Educa- tion, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathe- matics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Poli- tical Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Spanish, Speech. 96 Law Senior Testing Program All seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop- ment while in college. The program will employ measures of academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro- gram, however, is to provide the college with information that will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. (This program does not supplant the regular administrations of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply- ing for admission to graduate schools.) Degrees in the School of Law A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent instead of seven years which are required if the two curricula are pursued independently. The first three years of the combined course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in the School of Law. Under this plan the student must first complete three years (96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] Religion' (6 hours) [see page 92] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Mathematics (3 hours) Science, one of the following: Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 111 (3 hours) Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours) [see page 92] Physical Education (2 hours) One of the following: Language 211, 212 (6 hours) A second natural science (8 hours) Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) Additional mathematics (6 hours) *Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) Selected carefully in consultation with Law School adviser. 97 Medical Sciences The requirement of a major subject for the academic degree is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester hours) of Law. The details of the plan are as follows: One who completes the above specified 96 semester hours of work in Wake Forest College with a minimum average of C (or two quality points for each semester hour undertaken) and the first full year (29 semester hours) of Law in the Wake Forest University School of Law with an average sufficient for him to remain in the School of Law, will be awarded the Bach- elor of Arts degree. The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student upon the completion of two additional years in the School of Law and upon fulfillment of the requirements for that degree as described on page 193. At least one year of the required academic work must be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from another institution at the end of his first or second year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set forth herein are minimum requirements and do not necessarily entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admis- sion requirements are given in detail on pages 191-193 and in the Bulletin of the School of Law. Degrees in Medical Sciences A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col- lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo- tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (32 semester 98 Medical Technology hours) of the required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences must complete the following courses in Wake Forest College before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth year of work : * Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 226, 260, 309, 311, 321, 350, 372. Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) Chemistry 131 (4 hours) Chemistry 221 (4 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] Mathematics (6 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 111 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours), [see page 92] Physical Education (2 hours) Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. All other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. Degree in Medical Technology Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology by completion of the academic require- ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full program in Medical Tech- nology offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of C in all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree must complete the following three-year course at Wake Forest before beginning study in the D ivision of Allied Health Programs, f Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Biology 151, 152 (8 hours) * See pages 196-197 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for further information. t For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bow- man Gray School of Medicine. 99 Physician Assistant Program Biology 226 (4 hours) Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) Chemistry 221, 222, 223, 224 (8 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] Mathematics (3 hours) Philosophy 111 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours), [see page 92] Physical Education 111, 112 (2 hours) Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) Degree in Medical Record Administration Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Record Administration by completion of three years (96 semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory completion of the full twelve-months course in Medical Record Administration offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medi- cine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course re- quirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog. They must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory courses in biology, including 8 hours in anatomy and physiology, and at least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recommended). A course in statistics is also rec- ommended. Degree in the Physician Assistant Program Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years (96 semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory completion of the full 24-months course in the Physician Assistant Program offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the re- quired academic work must be completed in Wake Forest Col- lege. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog. They must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory 100 Engineering courses in biology, including one course in bacteriology, and at least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recommended). A course in statistics and four to eight hours in chemistry are also recommended. Degree With Major in Dentistry A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satis- factorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University, with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year Class. For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. Degrees in Engineering The 3-2 Engineering Program Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of study including three initial years on the campus of Wake Forest University and two full years of technical training at one of the schools of engineering. Depending upon the school and field of engineering chosen, it may be necessary for a student to take an additional summer's work in engineering. Upon successful completion of the five years of study the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering school of his choice. By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina- tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise program in allowing the student a broad background in the 101 Forestry liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training involved in the engineering degree. The curriculum for the first three years must include all the basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, as outlined on pages 92-93 of this catalog. A suggested program follows : Freshman Sophomore Junior English 111, 112 English 153, 156 Math 311 Physics 111, 112 History 111, 112 Philosophy 111 Math 111, 112 Physics 151, 152 tMath Elective F. Lang. 151, 152 Chem. Ill, 112, tScience Elective *Religion 115, 116 Humanities Elective Physical Ed. Ill, 112 Math 113, 251 ISocial Science This is a vigorous curriculum averaging 17 hours per semester, or 18 if ROTC is elected. It is demanding even for students with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are chosen in consultation with the engineering advisor in the De- partment of Physics. Degrees in Forestry Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University in an academic forestry training program. A student in this program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences at Wake Forest University. (At least two years (64 semester hours) must be completed in Wake Forest College.) He spends the summer between his junior and senior years and the two following years in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the successful completion of this five-year course of study he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest University and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke School of Forestry. A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry not later than the end of the first semester of his third year in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. * See page 92. t Depending upon Engineering Specialty. + See page 92. 102 Forestry Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the fol- lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke School of Forestry: Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 111 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Physical Education (2 hours) Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of the biological, physical, or social sciences. Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) (Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, Speech) Students in this program will be advised in the Department of Biology. 103 COURSES IN THE COLLEGE Course Numbers The numbers of the courses offered by the various depart- ments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399, for juniors, seniors and graduate students; and courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is offered during the summer session only. Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, introductory or basic courses in many departments will be offered every term so that students may arrange their work in regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord- ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term, containing the name of each instructor and the time and location of each class. Credit Hours Defined All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half of an academic year of nine months. In the departments which follow, in alphabetical order, the credit hours for each course are indi- cated by the number in parentheses following the course title. For courses including laboratory work, recitation and laboratory hours are given after the course description as, for example (3-4), 3 recitation hours, 4 laboratory hours. Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring terms, the credit for any course is the same, generally three hours based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent in laboratory work. Prerequisites and Corequisites The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con- sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course. When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of the department is given. A corequisite is indicated, for example, as C-151. 104 Honors Program Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71 During the 1970-71 academic year several new courses will be added to the curriculum on a pilot basis for one year. These pro- grams will be of an experimental nature and will attempt either to accelerate the student's progress through the basic curriculum or to broaden his education by introducing him in a single course to two or more of the various disciplines within a given broad division of the curriculum (e.g. natural sciences, social sciences, arts, etc.). Some of these courses may be substituted for basic requirements; others will be electives. The exact details of these pilot programs will be available before registration each semester. Interdisciplinary Honors Program Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors program for a limited number of highly qualified students. Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee on Honors. During their first three years in college, participants will schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (a total of nine semester hours, normally including 6 hours in the Lower Division and 3 hours in the Upper Division.) Many students will probably not participate formally in the interdisciplinary pro- gram beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen- trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu- dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi- nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh- man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 105 Honors Program junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first semester of the senior year. The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses are drawn from various academic departments of the College. Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. (Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. (Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar- winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other arts, and philosophy. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi- zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and Skinner's Walden Two. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and painting. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, 106 Art with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts will be explored. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the motion picture. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories like the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours Departmental Honors Program A number of departments in the College offer specialized honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu- ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by the departments concerned. Art Associate Professors Boyd, Aycock Instructor Crawford Artist-in-Residence Prohaska An art major is not offered at the present time, but students interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman of the Department. Additional courses in Art History not listed below will be offered during the Fall Semester 1970. Students interested in these courses should consult either their advisers or the Art faculty during the registration period in September 1970. 107 Art ART HISTORY Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and soph- omores with permission of the instructor. 221. Art of India. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture to 1200 A.D., emphasizing their relationship to Hinduism, Buddism, and Jainism. Mr. Gokhale 231. American Art. (3) A survey of American painting and sculpture from 1600 to 1900, emphasizing painting. Mr. Boyd 233. American Architecture. (3) A survey of American architecture from 1600 to 1900, emphasizing the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Mr. Boyd 265. Ancient and Medieval Art. (3) A survey of the arts of Egypt Meso- potamia, Crete, Greece, and Rome, and those of Medieval Europe. Mr. Aycock 266. Renaissance and Modern Art. (3) A survey of architecture, paint- ing, and sculpture in Europe and the United States. Mr. Aycock 268. American Art. (3) A history of art in the United States: architec- ture, painting, sculpture, and the minor arts. Mr. Aycock 269. Italian Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of Italian painting and sculpture from 1400 to 1600. Mr. BOYD 270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of painting in the Nether- lands, Germany, France, and England from 1400 to 1600. Mr. Boyd 272. Baroque Art. (3) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 1600 to 1700. Miss Crawford 281. Modern Art to 1900. (3) A survey of European painting and sculp- ture from 1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. Miss Crawford 282. Modern Art after 1900. (3) A survey of European and American painting and sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281. Miss Crawford 294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (3) A survey of European and American architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twen- tieth century. MlSS Crawford ART STUDIO 111, 112. Introduction to Painting. (3,3) A basic course in drawing and painting, in the media of charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. Ill is prerequisite for 112. Mr. Prohaska 201, 202. Advanced Painting. (3,3) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. Mr. Prohaska 108 Biology Biology Professors Allen, Cocke, Flory Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, Esch, James C. McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt Assistant Professors Becker, Kuhn, Webber, Weigl A major in Biology consists of 36 hours which must include Biology 111, 112, 151, 152* and at least one course from four of the following five groups: A. Regulatory Biology: Biology 309, 311, 351, 395-396. B. Structural and Developmental Biology: Biology 220, 227, 228, 260. C. Environmental Biology: Biology 240, 321, 340. D. Systematic Biology: Biology 226, 231, 233, 334, 338. E. Interdisciplinary and Synthesizing Biology: Biology 314, 318, 319, 390. At least one category (A-E) will include one course from Biology 227, 228, 318, 338. A student must achieve an overall QPR of 2.0 on all Biology courses attempted to graduate with a major in Biology. Required related courses for the major are one year of Physics and at least one semester of Chemistry beyond college chemis- try. Certain substitutions in required related courses may be made with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department. The Physics requirement may be waived in the case of Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Class A teach- ing certificate in Biology. Majors in Biology who meet the requirements for a Class A teaching certificate in Biology may substitute Education 291, Materials and Methods in Mathe- matics and Science, for three of the 36 hours of required Biology. Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi- tional Chemistry and Mathematics courses. The major advisor will call these to the attention of majors, depending on their individual needs. Highly qualified Biology majors are invited by the Depart- ment to apply for admission to the honors program in Biology. * Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 111, 112 with written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed to take Biology 151, 152, provided they add other courses to complete the required hours in Biology. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 151, 152 with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed to omit these courses from the requirements and substitute other courses to complete the required hours in Biology. Both 111, 112 and 151, 152 may not be omitted. 109 Biology They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Biology, complete Biology 391, 392 and pass a comprehensive oral examination. They are then graduated with the distinction "Honors in Biology". For additional information consult mem- bers of the Biology staff. For majors, Biology 151, 152 are prerequisites for all courses numbered above 152 with the exception of Biology 301, 302, and 305. Non-majors may take other courses after having completed only Biology 111, 112 with the written permission of the instructors of the courses. The following schedule is recommended for students who desire to major in Biology: Freshman Year Sophomore Year English 111, 112 English 153, 156 Mathematics (6 hours)* History 111, 112 Language 151, 152** Pol. Sci., Sociol. and Anthro., or Biology 111, 112 Econ. 6 hours Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116*** Biology 151, 152 Physical Education 111, 112 Chemistry 221, 222 or 341, 342 Junior Year Senior Year Religion (6 hours) Required Advanced Biology Philosophy 211 Electives Physics 111, 112 Required Advanced Biology Electives 111, 112. General Biology and the Diversity of Life. (4,4) Fundamental ideas of the structure and activity of living systems with emphasis on the diversity of life. (3-3) 151, 152. Biological Principles and the Unity of Life. (4,4) Physiological, developmental, genetic and geological principles common to a wide range of living organisms, with emphasis on molecular and cellular aspects. P-lll, 112 and Chem. Ill, 112, 115, 116. (3-3) 220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy. (4) A comparative study of the anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection of type forms in the laboratory. (2-4) * Students are recommended to take Mathematics courses selected from 111-112, 161-162. ** Students with language deficiencies or those beginning a new language must take Language 111-112 here and make suitable adjustments in the remainder of the program. *** Students who do not complete both Biology 111-112 and Chemistry 111-112-115-116 are advised to complete Chemistry 111-112-115-116 in Summer School to satisfy the pre- requisites for Biology 151, 152 by the Sophomore year. Students taking Military Science or those with special deficiencies must modify this program. This will reduce the number of free electives available unless Summer School is utilized for these additional courses. 110 Biology 226. Microbiology. (4) A study of the more important groups of micro- organisms. Major emphasis will be placed on the bacteria and their activities. (2-4) 227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants. (4) Representative species of non- vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses and others) will be examined with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. (2-4) 228. Survey of Vascular Plants. (4) A comparative phylogenetic survey of the vascular plants with emphasis on the structure, reproduction, and classification of selected types. (2-4) 231. Invertebrates. (4) A systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on comparative morphology, taxonomy, and phylogenetic rela- tionships. (3-3) 233. Vertebrates. (4) A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on identification, distribution, classification, adaptations, and ecology. (2-4) 240. Principles of Ecology. (4) Inter-relationships among living systems and their environments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Contemporary problems in ecology. (2-4) 260. Vertebrate Embryology. (4) A study of vertebrate embryological development. (2-4) 301. Biological Diversity. X (3) A course for secondary school teachers de- signed to illustrate selected taxonomic and ecologic principles. 302. Biological Unity.% (3) A course for secondary school teachers de- signed to illustrate important physiologic and genetic principles. 305. The teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology.t (6) Cooperative project between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited to experienced teachers of Biology. 309. Genetics. (3) A study of the principles of inheritance and their application to plants and animals, including man. (3-0) 311. Genetics Laboratory. (1) A laboratory course in the methods of breeding some genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting genetic data. Biology 311 may not be taken independently of Biology 309. (0-2) 314. Principles of Evolution. (3) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. (3-0) 318. Economic Botany. (3) A survey of the Plant Kingdom, giving consideration to both the positive and negative importance of plants of all groups to man. P— 228 (3-0) t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Biology. Ill Biology 319. History of Biological Sciences. (3) A survey of the historical back- ground and development of the biological sciences together with a biographical study of the outstanding biologists and physicians. (3-0) 321. Animal Parasitology. (4) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life- histories, and host-parasite relationships. (2-4) 334. Entomology. (4) A study of insects from the standpoint of struc- ture, development, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. (2-4) 338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants. (4) A study of the classification of seed plants with emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. (2-4) 340. Ecosystem Dynamics. (4) A course emphasizing major ecological processes and the role of human activities in these processes. (3-3) 351. General Physiology. (4) A course in the physiologic activities of all types or organisms, with emphasis on intermediary metabolism and reg- ulatory mechanisms. (2-4) 390. Scientific Communication. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and graphic methods, including microscopy, instrumentation, photography, scientific drawing and writing, and preparation of manuscripts. P — Per- mission of instructor. (2-2) 391, 392, 393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (1) Independent library and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. P — Permission of the instructor. A maximum of two of these courses may be scheduled in any semester. (0-3) 395. Biochemistry. (3) A lecture course in Biochemistry including prin- ciples of biochemistry, chemical composition of living systems molecular architecture, intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics and activity. (3-0) 396. Biochemistry Laboratory. (1) A course in biochemical techniques and methodology to accompany Biol. 395. (0-3) Courses for Graduate Students* 411. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 412. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 413. Genetic Effects of Radiations (4) 417. Cytology and Cytogenetics. (4) 421. Experimental Parasitology. (4) 425. Comparative Plant Anatomy. (4) 426. Mycology. (4) For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 112 Business 427. Phycology (Algology). (4) 431. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (4) 433. Advanced Vertebrate Zoology. (4) 438. Dendrology. (4) 444. Population Ecology. (4) 445. Ecological Plant Physiology. (4) 450. Cellular Physiology. (4) 453. Comparative Animal Physiology. (4) 454. Ecological Animal Physiology. (4) 455. Plant Growth and Development. (4) 460. Experimental Developmental Biology. (4) Business and Accountancy Professors Hylton, Carlson, Owen, Scott Associate Professor Cook Instructor Luckie Visiting Lecturer Norman BUSINESS The major in Business is based on a foundation of account- ancy, economic theory, and quantitative methods, with broad application courses being available in the areas of management policy, marketing, and finance. The major requires 30 hours in Business, Accountancy, and Economics, and must include six hours of Accountancy, six hours of Economics, and Business 211, 221, 231, and 251. 211. Management Policy. (Bus. Adm. 331) (3) Explanation of the pol- icies involved in the performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, and controlling modern business organizations. 221. Marketing Management. (Bus. Adm. 340) (3) Survey of marketing concepts and behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of goods and services. 231. Financial Management. (Bus. Adm. 420) (3) Analysis of financial decision making at the level of the individual business enterprise. 241. Labor Policy. (Bus. Adm. 434) (3) Theories of wage determination, employment, and income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective bargaining process. 251. Quantitative Analysis. (Bus. Adm. 460) (3) Study of administrative decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 161. 113 Accountancy 261. Legal Environment of Business. (Bus. Adm. 361) (3) Study of the legal environment within which business decisions must be made. 281. Reading and Research. (3) An advanced course devoted to exten- sive reading and research in the field of Business. ACCOUNTANCY The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is essential in understanding and administering business opera- tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and government, and also enables the student to prepare himself for the Certified Public Accountant examination. A major in Accountancy requires 28 hours in Accountancy, including 111, 112, 151, 152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining hours in the major and the required hours in related fields are to be selected by the student and the accounting advisor. A point- hour ratio of 2.00 to 1 must be attained in courses in account- ancy. Students who graduate as Accountancy majors are per- mitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North Carolina with- out qualifying experience which is otherwise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not apply for C.P.A. examination pur- poses. ) The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to obtain practical accounting experience and training through the Accounting Internship Program. Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms and the North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- ants, are awarded annually to students doing outstanding work while pursuing a major in accountancy. It is recommended that the student interested in a career in accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman year. Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda- mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112. 151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152. 153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in ac- cumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu- facturing procedures. P-112. 114 Chemistry 154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct. 153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget development and analysis of performance variances. P-153. 251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques in accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local gov- ernmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151. 252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and pro- cedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151, 153. 261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob- lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough background in accounting. P-151. 262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business problems. P-151. 271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer- tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns. P-151. 273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em- phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153. 276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap- proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit granted until completion of 273. 281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current problems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. Chemistry Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross Assistant Professors Hegstrom, Noftle An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission to any class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved by the Department. Wake Forest University is on the list of schools approved by the American Chemical Society. 115 Chemistry The following scheduling of chemistry and certain related courses is strongly recommended for students considering a chemistry major. Freshman Year Sophomore Year Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 115-116 Chemistry 343-344 English 111-112 English 153-156 German 111-112 German 151-152 Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113 Physical Education 111-112 *Electives 9 hours *Electives 6 hours Junior Year Senior Year Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 373-374 Chemistry 361-362 Chemistry electives 6 hours Chemistry 363-364 *Electives 24 hours * Electives 18 hours The chemistry major includes a minimum of 30 credit hours of lecture courses and 8 credit hours of laboratory courses as approved by the Department. Ill, 112. College Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamental chemical principles. 115, 116. Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Basic quantitative analysis. (0-3) 131. Quantitative Analysis. (4) Quantitative analysis for students requir- ing additional analytical chemistry. For non-majors. P-112 (3-4) 221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. P-112 223, 224. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Synthesis and identifica- tion of organic substances. For non-majors. C-221, 222 (0-3) S30U, S302L Principles of Chemistry. (3,3) Further study of funda- mental chemical principles. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) S305+. Introductory Organic Chemistry . (3) Introduction to principles and reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) 323. Organic Analysis. (4) The systematic identification of organic compounds. P-222 (2-4) 324. Organic Preparations. (3) A library, conference and laboratory course. P-222 (0-6) 331. Instrumental Analysis. (4) The application of physical methods to analysis. P-341 (2-4) : ' : Selected on approval of lower division or major adviser as appropriate. t Not for credit toward the M.A. degree in chemistry. 116 Classical Languages and Literature 332.+ Analytical Chemistry. (5) The principles and methods of analy- tical chemistry. P-341 (3-6) 341+, 342+\ Physical Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamentals of physical chemis- try. P-112, Math 112; C-Phys 111-112. 343+\ 344+\ Physical-Analytical Laboratory. (1,1) C-341, 342 (0-4) 361, 362. Inorganic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of in- organic chemistry. P-342 363, 364. Organic-Inorganic Laboratory. (1,1) A unified laboratory for major students. C-221, 222, 361, 362. (0-4) 371. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3) Introduction to quantum chem- istry. P-342 373, 374. Chemical Instrumentation. (1,1) A laboratory course in chem- ical instrumentation. P-342 (0-4) 381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (1) Discussions of contemporary research. No credit for one semester. 391+, 392+. Senior Research. (2,2) Library, conference and laboratory work. (0-6) Courses for Graduate Students* 421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3,3) 441. Molecular Structure. (3) 445. Thermodynamics. (3) 446. Chemical Kinetics. (3) 447. Chemical Bonding. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Classical Languages and Literature Professors Earp, C. V. Harris Assistant Professors Andronica, Hash Instructors Roberts, Templeton A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 30 hours in either Greek or Latin. Not more than six hours of Greek 271, Latin 271, and courses in translation may be counted toward a major in the Department of Classical Languages. t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Chemistry. * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 117 Latin GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 111, 112. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and poets; collateral reading on Greek mythology, history, and antiquities. M T W Th F 9:00 211. Xenophon. (3) Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in syntax. M W F 8:00 212. Homer. (3) Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill in syntax. M W F 2:00 222. Plato. (3) Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo, spring term. M W F 10:00 231. The Greek New Testament. (3) Selections from the Greek New Testament, fall term. M W F 10:00 261. Greek Tragedy. (2) Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in translation. T Th 11:00 262. Greek Comedy. (2) Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected comedies in translation. T Th 11:00 271. Greek Civilization. (2) Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. T Th 2:00 272. Greek Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. T Th 2:00 II LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 111, 112. Introductory Latin. (3,3) A course intended for students who have never studied Latin and for those who present only one unit of Latin for entrance. M W F 8:00, 1:00: T Th 8:00, 11:00 118 Latin 151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil. (3,3) This course will include (a) grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. M W F 11:00, 2:00; T Th 8:00 211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny. (3,3) Livy: Selections, first semester. Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, four units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152. M W F 9:00, 2:00 221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial. (3,3) Tacitus: Germania and Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, second semester. 241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire. (3,3) Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, first semester. Petronius and Juvenal, second semester. 250. Latin Prose Composition. (3) Hours to be arranged. 261, 262. Roman Philosophy. (3,3) Lucretius, Cicero. 271. Roman Civilization. (2) This course consists of lectures and col- lateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 272. Latin Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. Ill CLASSICS 253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970-71 and alternate years thereafter. 254. Roman Epic Literature in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970- 71 and alternate years thereafter. 263. Tragic Drama in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1971-72 and al- ternate years thereafter. 264. Greek and Roman Comedy in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1971-72 and alternate years thereafter. 119 Economics Economics Associate Professor Wagstaff Assistant Professors Cage, Himan, Moorhouse In addition to the basic course requirements prescribed by the College, the major in Economics requires a minimum of 30 credit hours in the field of Economics, including Economics 151, 152, 157, 201, and 202. The remaining 15 hours of the Eco- nomics major and 12 hours of required work in related fields are selected by the students and the Economics advisor. Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candi- dates must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, and complete Economics 280 or 281, and either 287 or 288. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Economics." In addition to the courses listed below, Accountancy 111-112 and Business Management 241 may be counted toward the major requirement in economics. 111. Introduction to Economics. (3) A one semester survey course designed for students who normally elect only one course in the discip- line. Will not count toward the basic social science requirement. Credit cannot be received for this course and Economics 151 or 152. 151. Principles of Economics. (3) An introduction to economic analysis, with emphasis placed on the roles of consumers, business, labor and gov- ernment in a market economy. 152. Principles of Economics. (3) Attention is focused on the functioning of the economy as a whole, and how government decisions affect the per- formance of the economy. P-151. 157. Elementary Statistical Analysis. (3) A study of statistical analysis designed to help in decision-making. Hypothesis testing, regression and correlation analyses are included. Credit will not be given for this course and Math 157, Sociology 380, or Business Administration 368. 201. Microeconomic Theory. (3) An examination of the basic methods of price and distribution theory under various market structures. P-151, 152. 120 Economics 202. Macroeconomic Theory. (3) A study of Keynesian and post-Key- nesian theories about the determination of the level of national income, employment and economic growth. P-151, 152. 258. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3) An introduction to and use of advanced statistical analysis. Problem formulation will be stressed and electronic data processing introduced. P-157. 264. Economic History of the United States. (3) This course may count as Economics or History, but not both. See History 264. 266. Regional Economics. (3) Analysis of the influence economic vari- ables have on the spatial distribution of economic activity with consider- ation of methods for analyzing the economic structure of urban areas. P-151, 152. 267. International Economics. (3) An introductory study of interna- tional trade theory, balances of payments, foreign exchange, trade re- strictions and commercial policies. P-151, 152. 268. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) A course concerned with the economics of underdeveloped countries, their problems of growth and development. P-151, 152. 269. Money and Banking. (3) A study of monetary systems, banking structures, banking problems and international finance. P-151, 152. 270. Social Control of Industry. (3) An analysis of market structure with particular reference to organization practices, price formation, effi- ciency, and public regulation. P-151, 152. 271. Public Finance. (3) An examination of the economic behavior of government. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing and debt management. P-151, 152. 273. Comparative Economic Systems. (3) An objective examination of the theory and practices of various economic systems, including capital- ism, socialism, and communism. P-151, 152. 274. History of Economic Thought. (3) A historical survey of the main developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen- tieth century. P-151, 152. 280. Seminar in American Economic Development. (3) The application of economic theory and statistical methods to problems and issues in American economic progress. P-151, 152, 157. 281. Contemporary Economic Problems. (3) An economic analysis of current issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes policy formation. P-151, 152. 287, 288. Economic Research. (3,3) Independent study and research supervised by a member of the economics staff. P-201, 202. 121 Education Education Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme Assistant Professor Hood Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the educational profession is important to society and that the welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com- mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 18, 1963. Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs of the students. In addition to the professional program, the Department of Education provides elective courses open to all students, in- cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses supplement the work of other departments and provide generally for the liberal education of all students. Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's certificate to graduates of the University who have completed an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and who receive recommendations from the designated official (s) of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of the Depart- ment of Education. Special students not completing an Approved Program are required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program to remove these deficiencies. Certification requirements for other states should be secured from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state 122 Education where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi- fication requirements of that state. Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission involves filing an official application with the Department of Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being officially approved by the Department of Education. Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general pre- requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 151 and Speech 151 are recommended electives. The Approved Program of Teacher Education requires can- didates to complete successfully 18 semester hours in Education, including Education 201, 211, 251, 291, and 331. Education 201 is taken in the junior year or first semester of the senior year but prior to the other required courses. The remaining work in the teacher education program is taken simultaneously during one semester of the senior year, according to availability of programs. While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed to take more than one course occurring outside the regular school day. Major in the Department of Education. Ordinarily, teacher education students major in the academic area in which they plan to teach. Only students planning to be certificated in the broad areas of Science or Social Studies are permitted to major in Education. Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student Teaching include: 1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- level special student. 2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake Forest. 123 Education 3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the area of certification or, in cases of two or more fields of certi- fication, in each of the areas. 4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 5. Successful completion of Education 201. 6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee. Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on the basis of available positions and professional needs of the students. The University does not assume the responsibility for transportation to the schools during Student Teaching. Academic Requirements English— 36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323 or 324; at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional hours in a language course. French— 30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 219, 220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 30 hours. Spanish— 30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 223, or their equivalents; 9 hours chosen from 222, 224, 225, 226; and at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathematics department. Music — 52 hours, which must include 18 hours of Applied Music (includ- ing a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 114a). For further in- formation consult the Music Department section of this catalog or the chairman of the Music Department. Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education 220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 228, and Biology 111, 112. Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 hours), Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17 hours). Certification is allowed in Biology with 24 hours, Chemistry with 29 hours, or in Physics with 25 hours. 124 Education Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Economics 213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 151, 9 additional hours of History divided between the American and non-American fields, 3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours of Geography. Certification is allowed in each of the fields of Economics, History, Political Science and Sociology with 24 hours in that field. Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 121, 231, 252, 261 and 152 or 251 and 272. Required Courses These courses are required for a teaching certificate. 201. Foundations of Education. (3) Philosophical, historical, and sociol- ogical foundations of education including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. 211. Educational Psychology. (3) General principles of adolescent development. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective teaching-learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. P-201. 251. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in school-related activities. Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For require- ments and prerequisites see pages 123-124. P-201. 291. Methods and Materials. (3) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching the various subjects. P-201. Teaching of English, each term. Teaching of Foreign Languages, fall term. Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term. Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. Teaching of Music, spring term. Teaching of Science, fall term. Teaching of Social Studies, each term. Teaching of Speech, spring term. 331. The School and Teaching. (3) Organization of the school system. Bases of education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and teaching. The role of the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching. P-201. Elective Courses 301. Audio-Visual Education. (3) A survey of the theory, history, and techniques of using audio-visual aids, and their application to the cur- rent educational program. 303. History of European Education. (3) A study of educational theory and practice from classical Greece through modern Europe, stressing the writers who have contributed to western educational thought. 125 Education 304. History of American Education. (3) A study of education in the United States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on the social forces which have influenced American educational thought. 313. Human Growth and Development. (3) Theories of childhood and adolescent development and their educational implications physically, in- tellectually, emotionally, socially, and morally. 321. Measurement and Guidance. (3) Statistical techniques as applied to mental and educational measurement; the interpretation and use of standard tests, the construction of informal objective tests, and counseling. 341. Introduction to Counseling. (3) Historical foundations of counsel- ing. Counseling theories, techniques, and research, including psycho- analytic, client-centered, eclectic, behavioral, and existential approaches. Courses for Graduate Students* 405. Sociology of Education. (3) 407. Philosophy of Education. (3) 413. Psychology of Learning. (3) 421. Educational Research. (3) 431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. (3) 433. Supervision of Instruction. (3) 435. Organization and Administration of Education. (3) 441. Psychology of Counseling. (3) 443. Vocational Psychology. (3) 445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. (3) 451, 452. Administrative Internship. (3,3) 483. Readings and Research in Education. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 493. Basic Concepts of Remedial Reading. (3) 494. Advanced Practices in Remedial Reading. (3) 495. High School Reading. (3) * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 126 English English Professors Gossett, Phillips, Snuggs, Wilson Associate Professors D. A. Brown, Carter (Chairman), Fosso, Kenion, L. Potter, Shorter Assistant Professors Drake, Lovett, Raynor Instructors Faulhaber, Johnson, McCaskey, McDonough, Milner, J. Potter, Richowsky, Small, Spear Lecturer Shaw Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and sophomores, are prescribed for all degrees, and are prerequisites for admis- sion to all advanced courses in English. The major in English requires a minimum of 30 credit hours, of which at least 18 must be taken in the junior and senior years in courses numbered 200 and above. The minimum requirement for all English majors is five advanced courses in literature. Of these, one must be in Shakespeare and an additional one must be in English literature before 1700; two must be in English literature after 1700; and one must be in American literature. The advanced courses must also include a period course and one course in each of the two other major genres: poetry and fiction. A single course may satisfy more than one of the required categories. For example, a course in Chaucer would satisfy the requirements for a course in English literature before 1700 and a course in poetry. Highly qualified English majors are considered by the Depart- ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in English; complete at least 18 hours in advanced courses in English, meeting the distribution require- ments for all English majors and including in addition English 281, 282 (to be taken in the senior year) ; complete satisfactorily a senior research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination based on a general reading list and on a specialized reading list in a special area chosen by the student. 127 English II. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of unity and coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent themes. III. English Composition. (3) A basic course in writing, which provides training in clear thinking, analytical reading, and effective expression. 112. Composition and Literature. (3) Continued practice in writing; readings in literary types. P-lll 153. Major British Writers I. (3) Major works of British poets and prose writers, including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 154. Major British Writers II. (3) British writers from the Romantic, Victorian, and modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English 156. P-lll, 112 156. Major American Writers.f (3) Major American poets and prose writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 212. Literary Criticism. (3) Study of the basic principles of the great critics with practical application to specific literary works. 246. Modern Drama. (3) Extensive reading in the works of representa- tive European, British and American dramatists from Ibsen to the present, with attention to the evolution of modern techniques. 253. American Fiction. (3) Studies in the novel and the short story, with reading of representative works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, James, and others. 261. Essay Writing. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with concentration on the various types of essays; admission to the class only after conference with the instructor. Mr. Shaw :: Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing is unsatis- factory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of transfers is checked during the orientation period each fall. For removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat English 111 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. t This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. It is not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit for the regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 128 English 262.' Short Story Writing. (2) A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing; constant practice in writing; admission by con- sent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 264. Advanced Expository Writing. (3) An advanced course in expo- sition. Emphasis on logical thinking and on clarity and cogency in organi- zational structure and style. May not be taken by a student who has already received credit for English 263. Not credited toward an English major. P-153, 156, C average in 111, 112, and permission of the instructor. Mrs. Raynor 281, 282. Honors Course in English. (3,3) A conference course for senior students who wish to graduate "with Honors in English." Atten- tion given to the special reading requirement and the thesis requirement. Mr. Potter 301. The Structure of English. (3) An introduction to the principles and techniques of descriptive linguistics applied to contemporary American English. The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school cer- tification in English. Also open to students who do not plan to teach. 304. History of the English Language. (3) A survey of the development of English syntax, morphology, phonology, and vocabulary from Old English to the present day. 310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) A study of important medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, illustrating literary genres, theories of interpretation, and major literary themes. 311. English Drama to 1580. (3) English dramatic literature from the medieval beginnings to 1580, with emphasis on the Cycle Plays, Morali- ties, and early secular dramas. Mr. Shorter 315. Chaucer. (3) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde; some attention to sources and to literary and social background. Mr. Shorter 319. Sixteenth Century Literature. (3) Survey of major non-dramatic prose and poetry of Tudor England. Emphasis on Edmund Spenser and the later Elizabethans. Mr. FOSSO 323, 324. Shakespeare. (3,3) An introduction to Shakespeare as a dramatist and poet in relationship to his predecessors and contem- poraries. A study of eight representative plays in 323, of eight others in 324. 326. English Literature, 1600-1660. (3) Non-dramatic prose and poetry of the seventeenth century, exclusive of Milton. Consideration of the religious, political, and scientific background of the period. Mr. FOSSO 129 English 327. Milton. (3) The poetical works of John Milton, with the concen- tration on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose. 331. The English Novel to 1832. (3) The history of the English novel to 1832. Emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, Austen, and Scott. Mr. Lovett 333. The Age of Pope. (3) Representative work of the major English writers of the period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope, Addison, and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures. Mr. Kenion 334. The Age of Johnson. (3) Major English writers from Gray to Burns excluding the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and to Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Mr. Brown 337. Romantic Poets. (3) A rapid survey of the beginnings of roman- ticism in English literature, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Cole- ridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. Mr. WlLSON 338. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3) A reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; some attention to the literary movements with which they are associated. Mr. WlLSON 340. Victorian Novelists. (3) A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, with some attention to their contemporaries; special attention to the social and literary background. Mr. Drake 341. The Major Victorian Poets. (3) A study of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social and philosophical concepts of their era. Mr. Drake 342. From Victorian to Modern. (3) English prose, poetry, and fiction from 1860 to 1900, with emphasis upon predominant social and intel- lectual currents of the period. Mr. Carter 345. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) Selected American and British poets of the twentieth century. Miss Phillips 348. The Modern Novel. (3) Readings in twentieth century British and American fiction. Mr. Potter 355. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3) To include such writers as Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. Mr. Gossett 356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature Since 1915. (3) Selected topics such as naturalism, the novel of World War I, Freudianism, Marxism, existentialism. Mr. Gossett 358. Whitman and Dickinson. (3) Studies in two major American poets of the nineteenth century. MlSS PHILLIPS 130 Journalism 359. Literature of the South. (3) Studies in the poetry and prose of the Southern United States, chiefly of the twentieth century. 370. Satire. (3) A study of the nature and art of literary satire, based on examples of various forms and kinds to be selected mostly from English and American works subsequent to 1650. Mr. Kenion Courses for Graduate Students* (Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given every year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the regular academic year, and normally one will be offered each term of the summer session. ) 410. Literary Criticism. (3) 415. Studies in Chaucer. (3) Mr. Shorter 419. English Drama, 1580-1642. (3) 421. Studies in Spenser. (3) Mr. Fosso 425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature. (3) 435. The Major Augustans. (3) Mr. kenion 443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3) Mr. Carter 444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (3) Mr. Wilson 455. Studies in American Fiction. (3) Mr. Gossett 457. American Poetry. (3) Miss Phillips 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Journalism For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth of academic background is essential. The following courses, which provide the fundamentals of professional training, are concerned with the basic principles of journalistic writing and editing, and with a conception of the newspaper as a whole. 271. Journalistic Writing. (3) Survey of the fundamental principles of news-writing; study of news and news values, and of outstanding news- papers. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 131 German 272. Copy-editing. (2) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline- writing, typography, and make-up. P-lll, 112, 271 Mr. Shaw 274. Special Feature Articles. (2) Practice in writing articles for news- papers and magazines, with emphasis on selecting subject, gathering material, and on the preparation and sale of manuscripts. P-lll, 112, and preferably 271. Mr. Shaw 277. The Editorial. (2) Analysis of editorial policies of typical news- papers, discussions of current events and topics for editorial expression, and practice in writing various types of editorials. P-lll, 112, 271, 272 Mr. Shaw 278. History of American Journalism. (2) A study of the development of the American newspaper, with detailed investigations of representative papers and editors, and with special reference to the problems of present- day journalism. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw German Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty Associate Professor Sanders Assistant Professor West Instructors Bridgewater, Place A major in German requires 30 credit hours, including Ger- man 281 and German 285. Highly qualified German majors are considered by the De- partment for admission to the honors program in German. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, participate in at least one senior seminar at this institution, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in German, complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in German." Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin (see page 68). Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3,3) This course covers the principles of grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts. 151, 152. Intermediate German. (3,3) The principles of grammar are reviewed, and there is much reading of selected German prose and poetry. P-lll, 112 or equivalent. 211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (3,3) The object of this course is to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel readings and reports are assigned. P-151, 152 132 German 217. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) A course in spoken German, emphasizing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-152 or equivalent. 218. Composition and Grammar Review. (3) A review of the funda- mentals of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and composition. P-152 or equivalent. 219. Advanced Composition. (3) A study of advanced grammar and composition. English texts will be translated into German in addition to free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent. 220. German Civilization. (3) A survey of contemporary German cul- ture, including a study of its historical development in broad outline. The course is conducted in German. P-217 or permission of instructor. 223, 224. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (3,3) The Enlighten- ment and Sturm und Drang are treated in the first semester; Weimar Classicism and early Romanticism in the second. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 250. German Literature to 1700. (3) A study of major writers and works (in modern German translation) from the Old High German, Middle High German, Renaissance and Baroque periods. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). (3) Poetry, prose, dramas and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). (3) Readings from the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P- 211, 212 or equivalent. 281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (3) Investigation of modern literary movements, centering on intensive study of certain works by Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus outside reading. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 285. Seminar: Goethe. (3) Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 287, 288. Honors Course in German. (2,2) A conference course in German literature and in bibliography. A major research paper is required. De- signed for candidates for departmental honors. 133 History History Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns Visiting Professors Bronner, Tate Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong, Hendricks, Mullen, Zuber Assistant Professors Barefield, McDowell, J. H. Smith Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com- plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else- where in this catalog and take their major in History. The History major is 33 semester hours and must include History 111, 112, 151, and 152, or their equivalents. In addition, a prospective major must complete History 381, or its equivalent. No credit will be recommended for the course until a grade of at least C is awarded for the major paper. The remaining 18 hours of the History major and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by the student and a History adviser. Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart- ment for admission to the honors program in History. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional information consult members of the History staff. Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take required and general survey courses early in their college careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University consult the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies. Ill, 112. Modern Europe. (3,3) Europe in its world setting from the Renaissance to the present. Prospective History majors should take this course in the freshman year. P-lll for 112 STAFF 134 History 151, 152. The United States. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and intel- lectual aspects. Prospective History majors should take this course in the sophomore year. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff 215, 216. The Ancient World. (2,2) Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall, and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to medieval; psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 220. The Reformation. (2) Europe in the 16th century with religious, social, and intellectual developments stressed. Mr. Barefield 221. The Renaissance. (3) Western Europe, 1300-1520, with social, cul- tural, and intellectual developments stressed, and with particular atten- tion given to Italy. Mr. Barefield 240. History of the American Negro. (3) The role of Afro- Americans in the development of the United States with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and influence. Mr. Smith 257, 258. The South. (3,3) Geography, population elements, basic insti- tutions, and selected events. Mr. Smiley 264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic develop- ment of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. This course may count as History or Business Administration, but not both. Mr. Perry 265. American Diplomatic History. (3) An introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry 271. 272. Latin American. (3,3) Colonial: fall; national: spring; cul- tural-configurational approach. Mr. Covey 287, 288. Honors Course in History. (3,3) A two-semester sequence of seminars on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff 311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (3,3) Intel- lectual trends in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Mr. Berthrong 315. The Middle Ages. (3) A survey of European history, 400-1300, stressing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (3) The structure of society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intel- lectual developments. P-315 or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield 135 History 319, 320. Germany. (3,3) Fall: origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussia in a context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of Bismarck to divided Germany. Mr. McDowell 323, 324. England. (3,3) A political and social survey, with some atten- tion to continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring 1603 to present. Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 325. 326. Tudor and Stuart England. (3,3) An intensive constitutional and social study of the period. Fall: the Tudors; spring: the Stuarts. Mr. Barnett 329, 330. Modern England. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and cul- tural history of England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. (Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Hadley 331, 332. Russia. (3,3) Primarily political, with some attention to cul- tural and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett 335, 336. Twentieth Century Europe. (3,3) Emphasis on international questions and the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 to 1939; spring: 1939 to the present. Mr. McDowell 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) From the earliest times to the present; special attention to religion, social organiza- tion, economy, literature, art, and architecture. Mr. GOKHALE 343. Imperial China. (3) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese society to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, emphasizing continuity and resistance to change. Mr. Sinclair 344. Modern China. (3) Manchu Dynasty and its response to the West- ern challenge; 1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; Chinese Communist society; Cultural Revolution. Mr. Sinclair 345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) An introduction to the history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the social, economic, and cultural life. Mr. GOKHALE 347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) The historical development of India since 1600. Topics include the Mughal Empire, the growth of British rule, and the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. Mr. GOKHALE 349, 350. East Asia. (3,3) An introduction to the social, cultural, and political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: since 1600. (Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Sinclair 136 History 351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3,3) The relationship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, arch- itecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber 353. Colonial America. (3) The background and development of colonial America to 1763. Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural characteristics as they became uniquely American. Mr. Hendricks 354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. (3) The American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Con- stitution, and the new nation. Mr. Hendricks 355. The Westward Movement. (2) The role of the frontier in United States history, 1763-1890. Mr. Smiley 359. Recent American History I. (3) From the Populist Era to the "Roaring-Twenties," including reform movements, imperialism, progres- sivism, and World War I. Mr. Smith 360. Recent American History II. (3) From the "Roaring-Twenties" to contemporary times, including the Great Depression, the New Deal, World War II and post-war developments. Mr. Smith 362. American Constitutional History. (3) Origins of the constitution, the controversies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns 367, 368. North Carolina. (3,3) Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; spring: since 1789. Mr. Stroupe 381. Historical Methods and Research. (3) For History majors. Orienta- tion in historical methodology, instruction in the bibliographical tools, and individual research and writing. Staff 391, 392. Historiography. (2,2) A survey of the principal historians and their writings from ancient times to the present. Fall: European historiography; spring: American historiography. Mr. Perry Courses for Graduate Students 411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History. (3,3) Mr. Tillett 435. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. (3) Mr. Mullen 137 Mathematics 436. Europe Since 1939 (3) Mr. McDowell 442. Seminar on Southeast Asia. (3) Mr. Gokhale 445. Traditional India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 447. Seminar on Modern India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 451, 452. Seminar in United States History. (3,3) Mr. Smiley 458. Civil War and Reconstruction. (3) Mr. Yearns 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Staff Mathematics Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder Visiting Professor Brauer Associate Professors Gay, Gaylord May, Graham May, Waddill Assistant Professors Baxley, Howard, Frank L. Scott Instructor Daniel J. Richman Vice President Lucas This Department offers basic courses in each of the main divisions of Mathematics: algebra, analysis, geometry, applied mathematics. A major in this Department (33 hours) must include courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331. Any student preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary school should include in his program courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 331, 332. Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe- matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Mathematics." For additional information consult members of the Mathematics staff. 138 Mathematics 102. Principles of Mathematics. (3) Selected topics of pre-calculus mathematics for non-science students. No student will be allowed credit for both 105 and 102. 105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (3) Pre-calculus mathe- matics. No student will be allowed credit for both 105 and 102. Ill, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. (3,3,3) Dif- ferential and integral calculus and an investigation of the basic ideas of analytic geometry. 121. Linear Algebra. (3) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transforma- tions and matrices, linear groups and determinants. 142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods. (3) A sophomore-level course to facilitate the transition from courses which emphasize problem solving to those in which the emphasis is on proving theorems. 157. Introduction to Probability. (3) Probability and distribution func- tions, permutations and combinations, means and variance. One who takes this course may not receive credit for Econ. 157 or Soc. 380, or Bus. Ad. 368. 161. Modern Finite Mathematics. (3) Sets, mathematical models, probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, and theory of games. 162. Analysis for the Biological Management and Social Sciences. (3) Selected topics in analytic geometry and differential and integral calculus. No student will be allowed credit for both 162 and 111. 251. Differential Equations. (3) First order equations, theory and solutions of higher order linear equations, series solutions, existence and uniqueness theorems. 255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer I. (1) An intro- duction to Fortran programming. One hour lecture, two hours laboratory for one-half semester. 256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer II. (3) A con- tinuation of Math 255, including PL/1, Symbolic Programming Systems, and basic machine language. (2-2) 294. History of Mathematics. (3) The development of mathematics, together with a study of the lives of leading mathematicians. P-113 301+. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. (3) Number systems and associated mathematical structures (groups, rings, fields). 139 Mathematics 302+. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. (3) Euclidean geometry with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries. 311+, 312. Advanced Calculus. (3,3) Elementary metric space topology, integration, differentiation, infinite series, implicit and inverse function theorems, integral theorems of vector analysis. 317, 318. Theory of Functions. (3,3) Limits, implicit functions, power series, double series, Cauchy's Theorem and its applications, residues, Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping. 321+, 322. Modern Algebra. (3,3) Groups, fields, rings, determinants, matrices, linear dependence, linear transformations, quadratic and bilinear forms. 323, 324. Determinants and Matrices. (3,3) Basic concepts and theorems concerning determinants and matrices including some of the recent and most important results in the study of algebraic matrices. 331+, 332. Geometry. (3,3) Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. 333. Introduction to Topology. (3) Topological properties of spaces including Euclidean, metric and Hausdorff spaces. 335. Projective Geometry. (3) Synthetic and analytic treatment cen- tering around Desargue's Theorem and the principal of projectivity. 345, 346. Theory of Numbers. (3,3) Properties of integers, congruences, theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic functions, quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. 348. Combinatorial Analysis. (3) Generating functions, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, partitions and graph theory. 351, 352. Applied Analysis. (3,3) Vector analysis, complex integration vector spaces, linear transformations, Fourier Series, special functions, partial differential equations, calculus of variations. 355. Numerical Analysis. (3) A computer-oriented study of various analytical and numerical methods. (2-2) 357, 358. Statistics. (3,3) Probability distributions, mathematical ex- pectation, sampling distributions. Introduction to estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression and correlation and analysis of variance. C. 113. 381+. Research (2) Library and conference work performed on an individual basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours per week. P-permission of the staff. t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Mathematics. 140 Military Science Courses for Graduate Students* 411, 412. Real Analysis. (3,3) 413, 414. Complex Analysis. (3,3) 421, 422. Abstract Algebra. (3,3) 423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. (1,1) 431. General Topology. (3) 433. Algebraic Topology. (3) 435. Differential Geometry. (3) 443. 444. Seminar on Number Theory. (1,1) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Military Science Colonel Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., Professor Major Raymond E. Burrell, Assistant Professor Major Thomas C. Richardson, Assistant Professor Captain Oliver B. Ingram, Jr., Assistant Professor Captain Westford D. Warner, Assistant Professor Master Sergeant David Tinga, Assistant Master Sergeant Thomas L. Johnson, Assistant Sergeant First Class Edgar E. Shiver, Assistant Sergeant Kenneth A. McElhaney, Assistant The ROTC program is composed of a Basic Course (academic freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced Course (academic juniors and seniors). The Basic Course seeks to develop initiative and confidence, to increase the capacity for leadership, to provide instruction in military subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to lay a foundation for intelligent leadership. The Advanced Course develops further the objectives of the Basic Course and enables students to qualify for commissions in the Army. Entrance into the Advanced Course is selective, based on demonstrated performance and potential. Upon grad- uation, students who have completed the Advanced Course For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 141 Military Science receive commissions as Second Lieutenants in the United States Army Reserve. Those who have demonstrated outstanding lead- ership, scholarship and military aptitude may be designated "Distinguished Military Students" and may then apply for a Regular Army Commission. ROTC textbooks and uniforms are furnished without cost. The $20.00 uniform deposit required of each ROTC student, less charges for loss or damage, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball, are refunded at the end of the school year or upon withdrawal from the Course. Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary allow- ance of $50.00 per month, except during the summer camp period at the end of the junior year. All summer camp expenses, including travel, are paid by the Government. Total remunera- tion for the Advanced Course is over $1,300.00. Except when credit for previous ROTC or military service is allowed, failure to enroll in ROTC as an academic freshman will normally preclude later participation. A highly competitive program for transfer students and others unable to take ROTC during their first two years is available to sophomores. Success- ful completion of a six-week basic summer camp prior to the junior year will qualify applicants under this program to enter the Advanced Course. Transfer students who have previously enrolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program usually may continue in Army ROTC at Wake Forest. ROTC students may apply for and receive a 1-D Selective Service deferment after the first semester of the freshman year. The contract between the University and the Department of the Army requires each student "to devote the number of hours to military instruction prescribed by the Secretary of the Army." The Department of Military Science therefore establishes separate rules on attendance and on procedures governing the ROTC program at the University. The ROTC Cadet Corps includes a Band, Drill Team, and Rifle Team. The latter, accepted as a minor sport, engages in intercollegiate competition. Chapters of the national military honor societies of Scabbard and Blade and Pershing Rifles are actively associated with the ROTC program. Exceptional achievement in military leadership and scholar- ship is recognized through a number of annual awards sponsored 142 Music by the President of the University, the Department of the Army, military associations and several patriotic organizations. Details may be obtained from the Professor of Military Science. Courses Offered — Military Science 111, 112. First Year Basic. (1,1) The role, organization and manage- ment of national defense; introduction to basic military skills and lead- ership. Academic subject also required.* (l-iy 2 ) 151, 152. Second Year Basic. (2,2) American military history; methods of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic tactics; leader- ship application. P-lll, 112 (2-1%) 211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2,2) Leadership techniques; military teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; advanced leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 152 (3-iy 2 ) 251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2,2) Military operations, logistics, administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision of Leader- ship Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* P-211, 212 (3-iy 2 ) Music Professor T. McDonald Associate Professors Huber (Chairman), P. S. Robinson Assistant Professor Giles Instructors L. S. Harris, C. W. Smith Part-Time Teachers Felmet, Stone Artist In Residence Kalter A major in this Department requires 36 hours plus 4 hours of Ensemble, f The following course work is required of all Music majors: Music 155-156; 157-158; 213; 214; 233-234; and 4 hours of Ensemble. In addition to the preceding requirements, the following courses in Music are specific requirements for each of the follow- ing degree programs: Applied Music — 16 hours of Applied Music. Church Music — Music 229; 230; 231; 293; 295; and 12 hours of Applied Organ or Voice. Music Education — Music 143- 144; 145-146; 147-148; 235-236; 291; 293-294; 295; 12 hours of Applied Music; and 15 hours of Education. In the preceding curricula Music majors may count only 40 hours of Music toward the 128 hours required for graduation. f No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 143 Music Music majors are required to attend all faculty and student recitals and to demonstrate performing ability in student re- citals. At the discretion of the music faculty a public recital will also be required. Qualified Music majors are considered for admission to the honors program in Music provided they meet certain preliminary requirements and complete the academic requirements for the Music major with a minimum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an over- all minimum QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a memor- ized senior recital to include one lesser work assigned two weeks before the recital and prepared without the aid of the teacher; also the performance in the senior year of two additional memor- ized major works to be prepared without the aid of the teacher. Applied Music candidates for honors must also present to the music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and structural anal- ysis of the material in the senior recital three weeks before the recital. Music Education candidates must prepare a major score during the final semester, do the total rehearsing and conduct it in a public performance. All candidates for honors in Music must complete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination in the fields of music theory, music history, and music literature. Music Theory 101. Fundamentals. (3) Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, rhythms, abbreviations and smaller forms. Primarily for students not majoring in music, or music majors (without credit) having a deficiency in music theory. 155, 156. Theory. (3,3) Music reading as applied to vocal and keyboard performance. Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based on chord study equal to diatonic harmony. P-101, or equivalent. 157, 158. Theory (3,3) Study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and their inversions. Melody harmonization and practical composition in- volving modulation in the smaller forms. 211, 212. Advanced Harmony. (3,3) Study of melody harmonization and composition in the smaller forms involving chromatic chords and non- harmonic tones. Analysis of passages from standard literature. P-157, 158. 213. Counterpoint. (3) Strict counterpoint in the five species with two to four voices. Also a study of "free" or modern counterpoint. P-157, 158. 144 Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis. (3) Study of practical compo- sition involving harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large forms. P-157, 158, 213 217. Introduction to Twelve-Tone Composition. (3) A study of the de- vices of serial composition and their application in creative composition both in small and large forms. 235. Orchestration. (2) Study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral styles, with practical experience in scoring for strings, winds, and per- cussion. P-158 or permission of instructor. 236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band. (2) Advanced scoring for the orchestra or the contemporary concert band. Selection of the medium is made by the student with approval of the instructor. P-235 Music Literature 102. Music Appreciation. (3) Open to all students desiring an under- standing of music as an element of liberal arts culture and who wish to equip themselves for more intelligent appreciation and listening. 225. Twentieth Century Music. (3) A survey of the major musical styles, genre, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. 226. Jazz. (3) A history of the half-century of Jazz in America, its trends, and influences. 227. Opera. (3) A study of the major operatic works from Gluck to the present. (Offered in alternate years.) 228. The Romantic Symphony. (3) A study of the major symphonic compositions from Beethoven and Schubert through Tschaikovsky and Mahler. (Offered in alternate years.) 229. Hymnology. (3) Hymns in their historical religious settings: Greek, Latin, Reformation, Metrical Psalms, Anglican, etc. 230. Church Music and Literature. (3) Survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, and organ compositions of the church. 231. Music in the Church. (3) Function of the church musician and the relationship of his work to the overall church program. 233, 234. Music History. (3,3) Survey of the history, literature and meaning of music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and under- standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings. 237. Bach and Handel. (3) A study of the major musical compositions of the two great masters of the late Baroque. (Offered in alternate years.) 238. Beethoven. (3) An introduction to the music of Beethoven; a study of the relationship to his predecessors and contempories and his influence on the music of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.) 145 Music Methods* 291. Education-Teaching of Music. (3) Teaching and supervision of choral and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-157, 158 293, 294. Education-Voice Methods. (1,1) Survey of voice technic with demonstration and application. Primarily for students preparing for choral conducting. 295. Education-Choral and Instrumental Conducting. (3) Principles of conducting. P-157, 158 297, 298. Education-Piano Literature. (2,2) Survey course of piano teaching materials. Several large works from the standard repertoire will be studied in detail during the second semester. Ensemblef 109, 110. Orchestra. (1,1) Study and performance of works from the classical and modem repertoire. Ill, 112. Choir. (1,1) Study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature. This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected group forms the touring choir. 113, 114. Band. (1,1) Concert Band: Study and performance of the standard band repertoire in regular campus and public appearances including an annual tour. Varsity Band: For those students who lack the necessary time and pro- ficiency to participate in the Concert Band. Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band time. 115, 116. Accompanying. (1,1) Study of the elements of accompanying through class discussion and studio experience. One class meeting per week with three assigned laboratory periods. Applied Music Applied Music courses are open to all college students with the approval of the instructor. Applied Music Students are expected to attend all departmental Recital Hours. The follow- ing descriptions are suggested performance levels for the four years of study in the various fields of concentration. * Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice must be indicated at registration. t No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 146 Music Lesson and Practice Schedule Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will note the following schedule of weekly lessons and practice: One half hour lesson with minimum of five hours practice. Credit, 1 hour each semester One hour lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. Credit, 2 hours each semester Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given by the Music Department faculty and grades will be determined by this group. Piano Ilia, 114a. Scales, chords, inversions, appropriate standard literature with emphasis on sight-reading; harmonization, simple transposition. Primarily a functional approach for instrumentalists. The following literature for each year of study indicates the desirable proficiency attainment. Students who do not major in music are per- mitted to begin and pursue piano study at any level of advancement. Ill, 112. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, No. 1; Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17. 113, 114. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. 1; Chopin, Etude, Op. 10, No. 9. 211, 212. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 27, No. 1; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2. 213, 214. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2; Copland, Passacaglia. Organ 111, 112. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 113, 114. Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale Preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 211, 212. More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Pre- ludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 213, 214. Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected modern composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. 147 Music Voice This curriculum gives the student every opportunity to master the art of singing from posture and breathing to the singing of the great arias and songs of the classics. Ill, 112. Establishment of correct breath and pronounciation habits. Early Italian and English songs. 113, 114. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic period and early Ro- mantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. 211, 212. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and arias of the Romantic period in original languages. Participation in stu- dent recitals, oratorio, and music-drama. 213, 214. Attention to developing individual style and interpretation. More difficult songs and arias of all periods in original language. Senior recital. Orchestra and Band Instruments The following instruments are designated by course numbers 111, 112, 113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight successive semesters. Flute Trumpet Violin Oboe French Horn Viola Clarinet Trombone Cello Bassoon Euphonium Double Bass Saxophone Tuba Percussion Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, and technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, phrasing, etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from band and orchestral literature and applied transpositions. Secondary Courses 143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. Twice weekly with minimum of five hours practice. 145, 146. String Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the string family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the woodwind family. Twice weekly with minimum of five hours practice. 151, 152. Voice Class. (1,1) Offered to two or more students preparing for private voice course. Minimum of five hours practice weekly. 148 Philosophy Applied Music Fees Students enrolled for individual or class study in applied music as offered above will note the following schedule of semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable to the Treasurer not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively. One hour lesson per week $80.00 One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50.00 Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30.00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one hour daily) 6.00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two hours daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 Other instrument rental per semester 5.00 Philosophy Professor Helm Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman) Assistant Professor Lewis The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in Philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endowment provided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the en- dowment is used for the seminar library, which now contains about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and other departmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of the Department. The furniture in the library and seminar room was donated in honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough by their families. Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy Seminar. The Department invites highly qualified majors to apply for admission to its honors program. In order to graduate with "Honors in Philosophy," the candidate must complete a satis- 149 Philosophy factory senior research paper for Philosophy 299 and pass an examination, which may be oral or written or both, on the paper and selected subjects; in addition the candidate must attain a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Philosophy. A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, includ- ing Philosophy 161, 211, 212, 261, 297, and 298. 151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3) An examination of the basic con- cepts of several representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, man, God, mind, and matter. 161. Logic. (3) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies, and logical analysis. 202. Medieval Philosophy. (3) An examination of the major philosoph- ical schools of the Middle Ages, concentrating on the thought of the Christian Scholastics. P-151. 211. Continental Rationalism. (3) A study of the doctrines of mind, matter, God, and nature in the philosophies of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. P-151. 212. British Empiricism. (3) An examination of the philosophies of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume, with special attention to problems of knowl- edge and ethics. P-151. 221. Contemporary Philosophy. (3) A study of philosophical thought in the twentieth century, including analytical philosophy, phenomenology, and existentialism. P-151. 230. Plato. (3) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's major contributions to ethics, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, and the- ology. P-151. 231. Aristotle. (3) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on meta- physics, ethics, and theory of knowledge. P-151. 241. Kant. (3) A detailed study of the selected writings covering Kant's major contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P-151. 242. Hegel. (3) An examination of metaphysics, logic, epistemology, ethics, and philosophy of history in Hegel's major works. P-151. 261. Ethics. (3) A critical study of selected problems and representa- tive works in ethical theory. P-151. 279. Philosophy of Science. (3) A systematic exploration of the concept- ual foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-151. 150 Physical Education 285. Philosophy of Art. (3) A critical examination of several philoso- phies of art, with emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P-151. 287. Philosophy of Religion. (3) A systematic analysis of the logical structure of religious language and belief, including an examination of religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the na- ture and existence of God. P-151. 290. Readings in Philosophy. (3) A discussion of several important works in philosophy or closely related areas. P-151. 294. Seminar in Epistemology . (3) A comprehensive survey of philo- sophical conceptions of knowledge. P-151. 295. Seminar in Metaphysics. (3) A comparative study of traditional and contemporary approaches to metaphysics. P-151. 297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (3,3) A careful examination of selected topics in philosophy. P-151. 299. Honors. (3) Directed research for honors paper. Physical Education Professor Barrow* Visiting Professsor Jackson Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, Pollock, Rhea Instructors Mary G. Cage, Clougherty, Dawson, Le- feavers, Stark The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi- tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological principles 5 and practical health facts which must be observed to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra- mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea- tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum Program which will offer the necessary training for those in- Absent on leave, Fall 1969. 151 Physical Education terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletic Coaching. Required Physical Education Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen and transfer students who have not complied with this require- ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore year but must be completed by the end of that second year of attendance in Wake Forest College. Not more than four hours of required or elective physical education may be counted toward graduation. Ill, 112. Physical Education. (1,1) A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and in- terests will be met through controlled election of activities based upon standardized proficiency examination and/ or previous experiences. Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (1,1) A course consisting of remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special problems, handicaps or medical excuses. Elective Physical Education For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any two of the courses listed below may be elected for credit toward graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112. Hours to be arranged 159. Beginning Golf 160. Intermediate Golf 161. Beginning Badminton & Tennis 162. Fundamentals of Dance 163. Dance Choreography 164. Gymnastics 165. Beginning Bowling 166. Beginning and Inter- mediate Swimming 167. Advanced Swimming; Beginning Scuba Credit. 1 hour each 168. Life Saving; Water Safety Inst. Course 169. Weight Training and Conditioning 170. Handball: Squash Racquets 172. Water Ballet; Synchronized Swimming 173. Conditioning; Body Mechanics 174. Intermediate Badminton and Tennis 175. Intermediate Bowling 176. Marksmanship Sports 152 Physical Education Courses for Major Students Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physical Education and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching certificate must be of Junior standing, and will be required to have Biology 111 and 112, and a minimum of 35 hours in Health and Physical Education. The following courses are required of all major students: 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, and 363. Men students must take 220, 221, 222, and 224. Women students must take all of these except 222 for which they substitute 228. The remaining hours may be selected from 271, 376, and 381. Physical Education major students who are considering grad- uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291 is to be taken by students completing requirements for a teaching certificate. Physical Education majors with superior records are con- sidered by the department for admission to the honors program in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri- teria which have been established by the department, earn a QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all hours required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis- factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with "Honors in Physical Education." 211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. (2) A presentation of the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of per- sonal health and physical fitness. 220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and Dance. (3) Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and dance, and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and coaching of these activities. 221. Methods and Materials in Recreational Games and Sports, and Folk Dance. (3) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching recreational sports, games of low organization, and folk dance. 222. Theory of Coaching Sports (Men). (3) Presentation of the know- ledge of methods and materials in coaching football, basketball, baseball, and track and field. 153 Physical Education 224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (3) Theory and practice in organization and teaching of selected team and individual sports included in a comprehensive physical education program. 228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports (Women). (3) Presen- tation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and officiating. 251. Principles of Physical Education. (3) A general introductory course and orientation into physical education and its relation to general educa- tion and the present organization of society. 254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries. (1) A course in practical application of first aid and treatment of minor athletic injuries. 258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. (3) A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Educa- tion and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. 271. Recreation Leadership. (3) This course emphasizes the various theoretical and practical aspects of leadership in various types of recrea- tion. 352. Anatomy and Physiology. (3) A course to provide students of physical education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic function of the human body. 353. Physiology of Exercise. (3) This course presents the many effects of muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitutes the scientific basis of Physical Education. 355. Adapted Physical Education. (2) A course in body mechanics and kinesiology dealing with a program for all handicapped and special problems in Health and Physical Education. 356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. (2) A course in measurement techniques and beginning statistical pro- cedures to determine pupil status in established standards of health and physical education which reflect the prevailing educational philosophy. 357. Kinesiology. (3) An analysis of human movement in motor skills based on anatomic, physiologic and mechanical principles. 363. Personal and Community Health. (3) A course presenting personal, family, and community health and the significant developments and cur- rent research in the field. 371. Motor Learning and Performance. (3) Motor skill learning and performance are analyzed on the basis of psychological principles and concepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics of the learner, and management of the learning environment. 154 Physics 376. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3) A course in recreational problems and the administration of the several types of recreation. 381. Research in Physical Education. (3) A study of research methods and design, with special emphasis on selecting, denning, and analyzing potential problems. Physics Professors Turner, Brehme, Shields, G. P. Williams, Jr. Assistant Professor Woldseth In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the re- quirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are: 1. A minimum of 33 hours of Physics which must include courses 111, 112, 151, 154, 211, 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, 346. 2. Chemistry 111, 114, 115, 116. 3. Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 251. The following schedule is an example of the kind of course selection recommended for a major in Physics: Freshman Year Sophomore Year Physics 111, 112 Physics 151, 154, 211 History 111, 112 English 151, 152 English 111, 112 Math 113, 251 Language* 151, 152 Religion Mathematics 111, 112 Social Science Physical Education 111, 112 Junior Year Senior Year Physics 343, 344 Physics 311, 312 Physics 345, 346 Physics Electives Philosophy Other Electives Chemistry Electives Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the Depart- ment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Physics, complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a com- prehensive written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor- mation consult members of the Physics staff. * German or Russian is preferred; French is allowed. The student should refer to the language requirement of the College on page 92. 155 Physics 101, 102. Natural Philosophy. (3,3) A study of the history, philosophy and social impact of the physical sciences. 105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3) An introductory study of the universe, from the solar system to the galaxies. Ill, 112. General Physics. (4,4) The basic course, without calculus, for freshmen and sophomores. (3-2) 151, 152. Introductory Mechanics. (3,3) The fundamental principles of mechanics, wave motion, and heat. P-Math 111 154. Mechanics Laboratory. (1) Classical experiments performed with special attention given to analysis of errors. (0-3) 211, 212. Introductory Electricity. (4,4) The fundamental principles of electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. P-112, Math 112. (3-2) 230. Electronics. (3) Elements of electron theory as applied to vacuum tubes, transistors, and associated circuitry. P-112, Math 112 301, 302. Advanced General Physics.t (4,4) A course designed for science teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the Department of Physics. (3-2) 311. Mechanics. (3) A senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanics. P-152, Math 251. 312. Electromagnetic Theory. (3) A senior level treatment of classical electromagnetic theory. P-211, Math 251. 343, 344. Modern Physics. (3,3) Application of the elementary princi- ples of quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated with Physics 343, 344. (0-3) 351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3) A study of the laws of thermodynamics and the kinetic theory of molecular motion. 352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (3) Physical optics and the quantum treatment of solid state, molecular and atomic spectra. P-343. 381. Research. (2) Library, conference and laboratory work performed on an individual basis. (0-6) Courses for Graduate Students* 412. Classical Mechanics. (3) 413. Electromagnetism. (3) 441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. (3) * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 156 Political Science 452. Solid State Physics. (3) 455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. (2) 456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. (2) 461. Nuclear Physics. (3) 470. Statistical Mechanics. (3) 480. Theory of Relativity. (3) 485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. (3) 491, 492 Thesis Research. (3) Political Science Professor Richards Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale Associate Professors Fleer (Chairman), Moses, Steintrager Assistant Professors Broyles, Reinhardt, Schoon- maker, Sears, Thornton The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must include Political Science 151, 230, 251, 260, and three additional hours in American Government. The remaining 15 hours in the major and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by the student and the Political Science adviser. One who elects Political Science to fulfill the basic requirement in the social sciences must take Political Science 151. The additional three hours will normally be selected from Political Science 152, 230, 251, and 260, but any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the Department. Political Science 151 is prerequisite for all other courses in the field. Students of demonstrated ability, however, may be admitted to advanced courses without this prerequisite, with the written approval of their major adviser and the instructor concerned. Highly qualified Political Science majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Political Science. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 157 Political Science work in Political Science, successfully complete several honors courses, and pass a comprehensive examination on a research project and selected bibliography recommended by the Depart- ment. American Government 151. American Institutions and Politics. (3) Introduction to the nature and development of American political principles, institutions, and processes. STAFF 152. American Public Policies. (3) Problems and policies of American government as related to domestic affairs and foreign relations. Staff 211. American Political Parties. (3) A systematic examination of political parties with particular attention given to party systems, internal organizations, the electoral function, and responsibilities for governing. Mr. Fleer 212. Political Behavior. (3) A study of the formation and expression of political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, representative system. Mr. Fleer 213. Public Administration: Practice and Process. (3) Bureaucracy viewed internally. Theory, practice, problems, organization and manage- ment of administrative agencies for achieving public goals. Mr. Thornton 214. Public Administration: Policy and Politics. (3) External relations of bureaucracy. Agency role in policy formation and implementation. Problems of political responsibility. Mr. THORNTON 218. Legislative Behavior. (3) A systematic examination of the compo- sition, authority structures, external influences and procedures of legisla- tive bodies in the United States. Mr. Fleer 221. State and Local Government and Politics. (3) Political patterns, organization, processes and problems of U. S. nonnational governments. Mr. Thornton 222. Urban Government and Politics. (3) Political structures and pro- cesses in American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis. Mr. RICHARDS 225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Fed- eral System. (3) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national government and federal-state relations. Mr. Richards 226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3) Judicial inter- pretations of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards 158 Political Science 227. The Judicial Process. (3) An analysis of the role of courts and the legal system in the American political process. Mr. RICHARDS Comparative Government 230. Comparative Politics. (3) A comparative analysis of democratic and authoritarian political systems in industrial and nonindustrial societies. Staff 231. Great Britain and Western Europe. (3) A study of the British political system in comparison with continental European systems, par- ticularly those of France and West Germany. Mr. SCHOONMAKER 232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. (3) A comparative exami- nation of the political structures and processes of the Soviet Union and other selected nondemocratic regimes of Eastern Europe. Mr. MOSES 233. Politics of Developing Areas. (3) A study of the various social, economic, psychological and political problems that beset nation-states undergoing the process of industrialization. Mr. SCHOONMAKER 236. Latin America. (3) A comparative analysis of the structures and processes of the political systems in Latin America. Mr. MOSES 239. Government and Politics in East Asia. (3) An introduction to the political culture of East Asia, with primary emphasis on the nature and development of political thought and processes in China and Japan. Mr. Reinhardt 240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia. (3) An introduction to the political culture of Southeast Asia with special emphasis on nation- building and interregional relations. Mr. Reinhardt 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) A study of the govern- ments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. Mr. Gokhale International Politics 251. Fundamentals of International. Politics. (3) An introduction to the basic principles and problems of international political life in the twentieth century. Mr. Sears 252. Current Problems in International Politics. (3) An examination of one or more of the major problems of contemporary international politics. Mr. Sears 254. American Foreign Policy. (3) A study of the principles and policies which characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary period. Mr. Sears 159 Political Science 258. International Relations of the Latin American States. (3) A survey of the political relations of the Latin American states among themselves and with other states, especially the United States. Mr. MOSES Political Philosophy 260. Introduction to Political Philosophy: Aristotle's Politics. (3) A detailed textual examination of parts of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics and Politics. Mr. Broyles 261. Ancient and Medieval Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of ancient and medieval political philosophy from Plato through Marsilius with extensive treatment of one or two authors. Mr. Broyles 262. Modern Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of modern political phil- osophy from Machiavelli through Nietzsche with extensive treatment of one or two authors. Mr. Steintrager; 263. Twentieth Century Political Thought. (3) Studies in the writings of Camus, Max Weber, and others with special regard to the contem- porary crisis of liberal democracy and the eclipse of political philosophy. Mr. Steintrager 264. American Political Thought. (3) Critical examination of the unify- ing theme of American politics. Mr. Broyles 266. Asian Political Thought. (3) A study of the origins and develop- ment of political thought in Asia including the political ideas of the Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist and Islamic traditions. Mr. Reinhardt Research and Honors 280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline. (3) The science of politics as a field of inquiry, primary problems and research tools. Especially for prospective graduate students. Mr. STEINTRAGER 281, 282. Research in Political Science. (3,3) An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research in the field of Political Science. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only. Staff 283, 284. Honors Reading and Research. (2,2) A conference course de- voted to a specified reading program in the first semester and a research and writing project in the second semester. To be taken in the senior year by all candidates for departmental honors. Staff 160 Psychology Psychology Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort Associate Professors Catron, Hills, Horowitz Assistant Professors Falkenberg, Chas. L. Richman, Woodmansee Instructors Filler, Harbin Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is elected. Major students complete 30 hours of work, including Psychology 211, 212, and 323. In addition to the basic (general B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major student must take three additional hours of mathematics from among the follow- ing: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other courses approved by the Depart- ment of Psychology. Highly qualified majors are invited to enter the departmental honors program in the junior year. Successful completion of the program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires that the candidate earn a minimum QPR of 3.3 on all work in Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satis- factorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or oral examination. 151. Introductory Psychology. (3) A systematic survey of Psychology as the scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in Psychology. 211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. (4,4) Introduction to basic experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major con- tent areas of psychology. (2-4) P-151 241. Psychology of Adjustment. (3) Normal range of adjustment and personality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151 266. Developmental Psychology. (3) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and social development of the child from varied points of view. P-151 273. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3) Psychological principles and methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. P-151 281, 282. Original Problems. (2,2) Non-statistical characteristics of properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience. 281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone requires special permission. 281: 2-0; 282: 0-4. P-211, 212, instructor's consent. 161 Psychology 284. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology; intended primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-211, instructor's consent. 321. Learning Theory and Research. (3) Theoretical and experimental issues in the psychology of learning; no attempt is made to cover applica- tions to practical (e.g., educational) situations. P-151. 323. History and Systems. (3) The development of psychology from Aristotle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, be- haviorism, Gestalt. P-151 324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. (3) Seminar treatment of cur- rent problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Moti- vation. Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212, instructor's consent. 331. Comparative Psychology. (3) Behavioral differences in animals at various levels of the phylogenetic scale. (2-2) P-151 332. Physiological Psychology. (3) Physiological bases of behavior, with special reference to the nervous system. (2-2) P-151 336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. (3) Survey of theory and evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151 338. Motivation of Behavior. (3) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related evidence. P-151 344. Abnormal Psychology. (3) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151 352. Psychological Appraisal. (3) Psychological tests reviewed in theory, construction, and use. (2-2) P-151 356. Personality Theory and Research. (3) Classical and contemporary theories of personality and related research studies. P-151 358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3) An overview of the field of clinical psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's con- sent. 362. Social Psychology. (3) Research and issues in social psychology, including social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measure- ment and change, social learning, and small group behavior. P-151. Courses for Graduate Students* 415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. (3,3). 427, 428. Behavior Theory. (2,2) 434. Biological Psychology. (3) * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 162 Religion 451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. (3) 457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. (2) 465. Advanced Social Psychology. (3) 481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. (3) 483. Reading and Research in Psychology. (1 to 3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Religion Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin Visiting Professor Tate Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Talbert, Trible Instructor Sammy K. Williams Visiting Lecturers J. Daniel Brown, Rose The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor- tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature and the most important movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational courses needed for further study. Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. Three hours to be selected from courses: 111, 112, 153, 155, 157; and three hours from the following: 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at least 12 hours in Biblical studies and the remaining hours from other offerings of the Department. A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit hours — 12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected from the following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 342, 343, 350; Music 229, 230. Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program 163 Religion of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos- ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, Greek or Latin, and German or French. Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information consult members of the Religion Department. 111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (3) A survey of the Old Testament designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and religion of the ancient Hebrews. 112. Introduction to the New Testament. (3) A survey of the environ- ment, literature and thought of the New Testament, showing the sig- nificance of the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. 153. The Hebrew Prophets. (3) A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. 155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (3) An examination of Matthew, Mark, and Luke as theologies and a consideration of the quest for the historical Jesus. 157. The Bible Through the Ages. (3) A study of the beginnings, development, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the formation of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. 231. Basic Christian Ethics. (3) The biblical and theological foundations of the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary prob- lems. 236. Church and Community . (3) An examination of the basic needs and trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community". 240. Theory of Religious Education. (3) A study of the nature and meaning of religious education with emphasis upon the basic foundations in religion and education. 256. American Religious Life. (3) A study of the history, organization, worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural factors. 164 Religion 261. World Religions. (3) The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical point of view. 264. History of Christianity. (3) A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church. 271. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (3) A study of the ground, structure and content of Christian belief. 281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. (3,3) A Conference course for those who wish to graduate with "Honors in Religion," providing the student guidance for a comprehensive exam or research project. Both semesters must be completed. 292. Teaching of Religion. (3) A study of the teaching of religion in church, school and community. This course may be credited as Educa- tion for those who are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. 311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew. (3,3) A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. Reading and exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testament. Credit will be given for 311 only with the successful completion of 312. 314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. (3) A survey of the contri- butions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between literary forms and meaning. 316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of Hebrew Poetry — its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of ancient Israel. 317. The Ancient Near East. (3) A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation- ships with surrounding peoples. 318. Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3) Travel and study in such countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and Israel. 327. Major Epistles of Paul. (3) Consideration of one of the following: Romans, I Corinthians, II Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. P-3 hours in Religion. 334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (3) A study of the encounter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit in certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex. 341. Administration of Religious Education. (3) A study of the prin- 165 Religion ciples of organization and leadership in religious education, with par- ticular attention to curricula materials. 342. Religious Education of Children. (3) Designed as an introduction to the study of child development and its significance for the home and church in regard to religious education. 343. Religious Education of Young People and Adults. (3) A study of growth and development through adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in religious education. 346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (3) A study of theological methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of educa- tion in terms of their implications for religious education. 350. Psychology of Religion. (3) An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, development, and expression of religious exper- ience. 362. Post-Biblical Judaism. (3) The rise and development of post- Biblical (Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times. 365. History of Religions in America. (3) A study of American religions from Colonial times until the present. 367. The Primitive Church. (3) A study of the major problems of Christian origins; readings of primary sources and investigation of selected themes. P-3 hours in Religion. 373. The History of Christian Thought. (3) A study of the history of Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development to modern times. 374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) An examination of the major issues and personalities in modern theology. 378. Theology and Modern Literature. (3) A consideration, in the light of the theological thought, of the human situation as reflected in the works of recent novelists. Courses for Graduate Students* 416. Old Testament Theology. (3) 418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 421. New Testament Theology. (3) 423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. (3) For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 166 French 448. Seminar in Religious Education. (3) 466. Seminar in Christian History. (3) 475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. (3) 480. Theology and the Aesthetic. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Romance Languages A major in this Department requires 30 hours in either French or Spanish. Students enrolled in language courses numbered 111, 112, 151, 152 are required to spend one hour per week in the language laboratory as part of their class preparation. Highly qualified French or Spanish majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Romance Languages. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Romance Languages," they must meet certain pre- liminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Romance Language courses, complete French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive writ- ten and oral examination. The oral examination may be con- ducted, as least in part, in the student's major language. I French Professors Mary F. Robinson, Parcell, Parker, Shoemaker Associate Professor Anne Tillett Visiting Lecturers Jasson, Rodtwitt Instructors Bourquin, Freeman 111, 112. Elementary French. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering the principles of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing and the reading of elementary texts. 151, 152. Intermediate French. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- dents who have completed 151 or > 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 211, 212. Introduction to French Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected texts from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. P-151, 152 167 French 221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Practice in speaking French, stressing phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, correctness of sentence struc- ture and vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 222. Composition and Review of Grammar. (3) A systematic review of the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in trans- lation and composition. P-152 223. Advanced Composition. (3) Further analysis of comparative gram- mar and practical training in writing French, from literary models and in free composition. P-222. 224. French Civilization. (3) An introduction to French culture and its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 231. Medieval French Literature. (3) A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master- pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-211. 232. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (3) A study of the outstand- ing writers of the century. P-211, 212 241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of the outstanding writers of the classical age. P-211, 212 244. Moliere. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212 246. Racine. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212. 251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (3) A survey of French philosophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L' Encyclopedic P-211 261. French Romanticism. (3) A study of the chief French romantic poets. Translation in class, supplemented with paralled reading. P-211, 212. 262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century. (3) A survey of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth century with cul- tural and political backgrounds. Emphasis on poetry. P-211, 212 263. Trends in French Poetry. (3) Poetic theory and practice in France from the Renaissance to the Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of a number of works from this period. P-211 264. The French Novel. (3) A study of several masterpieces in the field of the novel, along with the development of the genre from the early seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. P-211, 212. 168 Russian 265. Nineteenth Century French Drama. (3) A study of the principal dramatic works of the nineteenth century in France, including examples of romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism. P-211, 212. 271, 272. Twentieth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of gen- eral trends and of representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists and poets. P-211, 212. (Not offered in 1970-71.) 281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in French literature. Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. II Hindi * Professor Gokhale 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) A course in Basic Hindi grammar and vocabulary building. 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) Introduction to literary Hindi, con- versation and composition. Ill Russian * Associate Professor Anne Tillett 111, 112. Elementary Russian. (3,3) The essentials of Russian grammar and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the instructor. 151, 152. Intermediate Russian. (3,3) Continuation of the study of Russian grammar, with practice in conversation and composition. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 153. Intermediate Russian. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected texts from the 19th and 20th centuries. P-151, 152. 213. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3) A study of the foremost writers with reading of representative works. (Offered in alter- nate years with Russian 211.) P-152. 214. Contemporary Russian Literature. (3) Reading of representative works with discussion of political backgrounds. (Offered in alternate years with Russian 212.) P-152. * These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administrative purposes only. 169 Spanish IV Spanish Professor King Associate Professors Bryant, Campbell Instructor Wardlaw 111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. 151, 152. Intermediate Spanish. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3,3) Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish American Literature from the beginnings to the contemporary period. P-151, 152 221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Spoken Spanish, with stress on pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and the vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 222. Latin American Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and eco- nomic life. P-221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3) Review of the funda- mental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation, composition and language analysis. P-152 224. Spanish Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P- 221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3,3) The first semester includes Spanish literature to 1700; the second, Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. P-211, 212; also recommended, 221. (Offered in alternate years.) 227. Spanish American Literature. (3) A general survey of Spanish American literature from the Colonial through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (3) A study of the several types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque novels prior to 1605. P-211, 212. 241. Golden Age Drama. (3) A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vaga, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-211, 212 170 Sociology and Anthropology 243. Cervantes. (3) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-211, 212 261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (3) A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibahez and their con- temporaries. P-211, 212 262. Spanish Romantic Drama. (3) An intensive study of Spanish Romanticism with emphasis on the drama. P-211, 212 265. Spanish American Novel. (3) A study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginnings through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 272. Modern Spanish Drama. (3) A study of the principal dramatic works of the present century, from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 273. Modern Spanish Novel. (3) A study of representative Spanish novels from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in Spanish literature. Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. Sociology and Anthropology Professors Banks, Patrick Visiting Professor Novosel Associate Professors Earle, Gulley, Tefft Assistant Professors Evans, Woodall Instructor Perricone Lecturers Jowers, Ohta, Sanders Basic course requirements: students who choose Sociology and Anthropology to meet the basic course requirements in the social sciences will take Sociology 151 and one of the follow- ing: Sociology 152, Anthropology 162, or a 300-level course in Sociology or Anthropology (except Sociology 371 through 386 and Anthropology 385-386: also note prerequisites for some Anthropology courses). Major in Sociology: 30 hours in the department, which must include Sociology 151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 162. Major in Anthropology: 30 hours in the department, which must include Anthropology 162, 351 and 352 and Sociology 151, 380 and 384. 171 Sociology Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con- sidered by the department for admission to the honors program in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for additional information. Sociology 151. Principles of Sociology. (3) General introduction to the field: social organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change and other aspects. 152. Social Problems. (3) Survey of contemporary American social problems. Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151 248. Marriage and the Family. (3) The social basis of the family, emphasizing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 323. Social Organization. (3) An analysis of the organization of contem- porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151 325. Industrial Sociology. (3) An analysis of the relationship between industry and society. P-151 331. Urban Social Organizations and Agencies. (3) Lectures and field work in community organizations and agencies dealing with social wel- fare, health, poverty, etc. Especially recommended for students interested in urban affairs or social work. P-151. 333. The Community. (3) A survey of materials relating to the com- munity as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151 335. Medical Sociology. (3) Analysis of the social variables associated with health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151 337. Social Gerontology. (3) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151 339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3) The study of public opinion and propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151 340. Sociology of Child Development. (3) Socialization through adoles- cence in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of social structure. P-151 341. Criminology. (3) Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods of treatment and prevention. P-151 172 Anthropology 344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. (3) A theoretical approach to social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. P-151 358. Population and Society. (3) Techniques used in the study of population data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-151 359. Race and Culture. (3) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and dis- crimination and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psycho- logical and sociological theories of prejudice. P-151 360. Social Stratification. (3) Methods for locating and studying social classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class relationships. P-151 371. Contemporary Social Theory. (3) A review of the major writings in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development of theory through time. P-151 380. Social Statistics. (3) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 368, Econ. 157, or Math. 157. 384. Social Research. (3) A survey of sociological research techniques. Emphasis on developing actual studies. P-151 385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur- rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob- lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. Anthropology 162. General Anthropology. (3) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. (3) Ethnographic focus on the elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-162 or permission of instructor. 343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3) Analytic survey of problems facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture-change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 344. Medical Anthropology. (3) The impact of Western medical prac- tices and theory on non- Western cultures and anthropological contribu- tion to the solving of world health problems. P-162 351. Bioanthropology . (3) Introduction to biological (physical) anthro- pology: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162 352. Cultural Anthropology. (3) A cross-cultural analysis of human institutions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162 173 Anthropology 353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3) The ethnology and prehistory of Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162 354. Primitive Religion. (3) The world-view and values of nonliterate cultures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151 356. Archaeology. (3) Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field and laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162 357. Personality in Culture. (3) A study of the psychodynamics of social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151 358. The American Indian. (3) Ethnology and prehistory of the Ameri- can Indian. P-162 362. Human Ecology and Geography. (3) The relations between man and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. 373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. (3) Ethnology and pre- history of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor. 385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur- rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob- lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. Courses for Graduate Students* Sociology 412. Development of Sociological Theory. (3) 421. Quantification in Social Research. (3) 426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. (3) 431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Anthropology 452. Anthropological Theory. (3) 462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. (3) 464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. (3) 472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 174 Speech Speech Professors Shirley, Welker Associate Professors Burroughs, Tedford Assistant Professors Hayes, Wolfe Instructors Elkins, Neff Theatre Speech Consultant Fullerton The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which must include courses 151, 161, 121 or 323, 231, 241 or 341, and 252. The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12 hours from courses that conform to the individual's needs. Each Speech major is strongly urged to elect courses in the Social Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature. Superior speech majors meeting certain specified requirements may be invited by the Department to participate in the honors program in Speech. To fulfill the requirements of honors, a student must earn a QPR of 3.3 on all Speech courses and an overall QPR of 3.0, successfully complete Speech 289, and pass a comprehensive written and oral examination at the end of the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these re- quirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in Speech." Members of the Speech staff will provide additional information. 121. Introduction to the Theatre. (3) A survey of all areas of Theatre art. Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions. 151. Speech Fundamentals. (3) A study of the nature and fundamentals of Speech. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 152. Public Speaking. (3) The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151 161. Voice and Diction. (3) A study of the principles of voice production with emphasis on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. 223. Stagecraft. (3) A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro- ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission. 226. Theories of Acting. (3) A study of acting theories from Aristotle to the present. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 227. Theatre Speech. (2) An intensive course in the analysis and cor- 175 Speech relation of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice and diction on the stage. 231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (3) Fundamentals of reading aloud with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (3) A study of radio and television broadcasting in the United States. Laboratory work in radio and tele- vision announcing. 245. Introduction to Film. (3) Historical introduction to motion pictures through the study of various kinds of film classics and their relationship to society. 251. Persuasion. (3) A study of the principles and forms of persuasive speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in- structor. 252. Argumentation and Debate. (3) A study of the essentials of argumentation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 261. Speech Correction. (3) An introductory study of principles and methods of speech correction. Observations and clinical practice will be provided. 262. Speech Pathology. (3) Essentially a detailed treatment of the dis- orders of speech. Research project. 263. Audiology. (3) Survey of the field of hearing and hearing dis- orders. 281. Honors Course in Speech. (3) A conference course involving inten- sive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish to graduate with honors in Speech. 321. Theatre Design. (3) A study of theories and styles of stage design and their application to the complete play. P-121, 325, or permission of instructor. 323. Play Directing. (3) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing P-121, 222, or permission of instructor. S-324. Directing the Drama Program. (3) A study of the function of drama in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in High School Speech Institute. 325. History of World Theatre. (3) A survey of the development of the theatre from its primitive beginnings to the present. Readings, lectures and reports. 326. Advanced Acting. (3) A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory and practice. P-226 or Permission of instructor. 176 Speech 327. History of the American Theatre. (3) A survey of theatre in America from Colonial to Modern times. Lectures, readings, and reports. 331. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3) Study and practice in the oral interpretation of forms of literature, with attention to group interpreta- tion. Readings, special projects, and reports. 341. Radio-Television-Film Production. (3) A workshop course in the production of radio, and television programs and motion pictures. 351. Introduction to Semantics. (3) A study of how persons respond to words and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper. 352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. (3) An introduction to the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral readings. 353. American Public Address. (3) The history and criticism of Amer- ican public address from colonial times to the present. 354. British Public Address. (3) A historical and critical survey of lead- ing British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to the present. S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. (3) A pragmatic study of the methods of directing high school and college forensics. Laboratory work in the Wake Forest High School Speech Institute. Courses for Graduate Students* 421. Modern Theatre Production. (3) 423. Advanced Directing. (3) 425. Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. (3) 441. Seminar in Radio-Television-Film. (3) 451. Classical Rhetoric. (3) 452. Renaissance and Modern Rhetoric. (3) 453. Seminar in Argumentation and Persuasion. (3) 454. Seminar in Public Address. (3) 463. Bases of Speech. (3) 491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. Ill Courses at Salem College The Asian Studies Program The Asian Studies Program was established in 1960 with financial assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- tion of Winston-Salem. The program is interdisciplinary in its nature and involves the cooperation and resources of several de- partments in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to broaden the university's traditional curriculum with the infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the culture of Asia. The director of the program is Dr. B. G. Gok- hale. The following courses are available in the Wake Forest University curriculum: Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. (3,3) Some domi- nant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilization. P-sophomore standing. History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) History 343. Imperial China. (3) History 344. Modern China. (3) History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) History 347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) Political Science 239. Government and Politics of East Asia. (3) Political Science 240. Government and Politics of Southeast Asia. (3) Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought. (3) Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems. (3) Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the West. (3) Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. (3) A description of each of these courses may be found in the curriculum of the department concerned. Courses at Salem College Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex- tended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students. A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli- cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in 178 Courses at Salem College certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were taken at Wake Forest. More detailed information about this plan in available in the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not during any summer session. 179 THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Faculty* James Ralph Scales, President Robert S. Carlson, Dean and Professor of Business Administration Jeanne Owen, Director of the B.B.A. Program and Professor of Business Law William E. Cage, Assistant Professor of Economics Leon P. Cook, Jr., Associate Professor of Accounting Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting William V. Luckie, Instructor in Accounting John C. Moorhouse, Assistant Professor of Economics Joe N. Norman, Visiting Lecturer in Accounting Karl D. Reyer, Visiting Professor of Marketing Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management J. Van Wagstaff, Associate Professor of Economics Since its establishment in 1948, the School of Business Ad- ministration has been an undergraduate school offering courses leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The work of this degree is based upon a philosophy of breadth of the educational experience in terms of exposure to the arts and sciences as well as to the professional business curriculum. The functional areas of business administration and the decision making process are emphasized. By action of the Trustees in April of 1969, the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration will be developed over the next three years into a graduate school, with the first degree candidates being admitted in September of 1971. Two programs leading to the Master of Business Administration and the Master of Science in Administration will be offered. Af- ter June of 1973 all undergraduate work in business will be offered in Wake Forest College. (See page 113 of this bulletin.) * See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information. 180 Business Administration Accreditation The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is a full member in good standing of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Admission to the Babcock Graduate School To be eligible for admission as a candidate for the M.B.A. de- gree or the M.S.A. degree, a man or woman must ordinarily hold a Bachelor's degree or its equivalent from a college or university in this country or abroad. All applicants are expected to take the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, adminis- tered by the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jer- sey. Admission application forms will be available after September 15, 1970. Inquiries should be directed to the Director of Admis- sions, Babcock Graduate School. Management Institute Programs The Management Institute of the Babcock School sponsors courses and seminars for which certificates of completion are awarded. This program of continuing education is geared to the specific needs of managers in the Southeastern United States. Representative offerings include one semester evening courses, one and two day seminars on selected topics, and a ten day mid- dle management program emphasizing new approaches to de- cision-making. In addition, the Management Institute is equip- ped to offer specialized courses for business firms and profes- sional organizations. Inquiries should be addressed to the Di- rector of The Management Institute, Babcock School of Busi- ness, P. O. Box 7285, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109. Admission to the Babcock School Admission of undergraduates to the Babcock School is at the junior level. Juniors who meet the requirements listed below may be admitted as candidates for the B.B.A. degree in the fall of 1970 and 1971, provided they expect to complete require- ments for the degree by June of 1973. Students wishing to major 181 Business Administration in business or accountancy who do not expect to graduate by June of 1973 will become candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in Wake Forest College. (See page 90 of this bulletin.) Students who become juniors in the fall of 1970 or 1971 may be- come candidates for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. The B.A. in Economics is available to all students. (See page 120 of this bulletin. ) Subject to the time limitations indicated above, a student who has completed 54 semester hours of work and who meets the quality point ratio indicated below may be admitted to the School upon application: Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio 54 to 64.9 1.65 65 to 74.9 1.70 75 to 84.9 1.80 85 and over 1.85 It is desirable, but not required, that a student have com- pleted Accountancy 111 and 112 and Economics 151 and 152 before his junior year. For minimum academic requirements for continuation in the School, see page 81. Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students Students with hours earned or a quality point ratio below that required for admission to the School of Business Administration may take courses numbered 200 and above in Accountancy or 300 and above in Business Administration with the permission of the Director of the B.B.A. Program. Transfer of Credits from Other Schools Of the 51 hours of work in Accountancy, Business Administra- tion and Economics required for the B.B.A. degree, a minimum of 30 hours must be taken in this School. The following rules apply for transfer of residence credit from other schools: 1. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers 54 hours or more and wishes to become a candidate for the B.BA. degree, he must then apply for admission to the Charles H. Bab- cock School of Business Administration. If he transfers less than 182 Business Administration 54 hours, he makes application to the School of Business Adminis- tration only after he has earned a total of 54 hours. 2. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another institu- tion does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Director of the B.BA. Program. 3. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: (a) Schools which are members of the American Association of Collegiate School of Business: All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at Wake Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at Wake Forest University may be accepted upon approval of Director of the B.BA. Program. (b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional ac- crediting association: Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Economics will be granted with or without a validating exam at the dis- cretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. A validating examination may be required for any course transferred. (c) Accredited junior colleges: Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validating exam at the discretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. A validating exam is required for Principles of Accounting. No junior or senior courses will be accepted. (d) Non-accredited schools: All credit transferred must be validated by examination. Organizations Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in busi- ness, elects to membership each year a limited number of the academically outstanding candidates for the B.B.A. degree. Two professional fraternities for men, the Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi, offer opportunities for fellowships and learning outside the classroom. The Business Student Association represents all un- dergraduate business students and serves as a liaison between students and the faculty of the School. Awards For a description of the following awards see pages 74: Lura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certified 183 Business Administration Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. Requirements for the B.B.A. Degree For the B.B.A. degree, a candidate must complete a total of 128 hours of college work, which must include at least 51 hours in required and elective courses in the arts and sciences and at least 51 hours in Accountancy, Business Administration, and Economics. In addition, the student must present a minimum of two quality points earned at Wake Forest and two quality points for each hour attempted elsewhere. Basic Requirements (Freshman and Sophomore Years) English 111, 112, 153, 156 Physical Education 111, 112 *Religion, 6 hours Choice of (a) or (b) : Philosophy 151 (a) Language through 151, 152 History 111, 112 (b) Mathematics 111 or 162 or * Social Science, 6 hours 255-256 and Speech 151 *Natural Science, 8 hours Accountancy 111, 112 Mathematics 105** and 161 Economics 151, 152, 157 Core Professional Work BA. 331 (Management) BA. 361 (Legal Environment) BA. 340 (Marketing) BA. 420 (Finance) BA. 350 (Communications)*** BA. 460 (Quantitative Analysis) Major or Concentration In addition to the requirements listed above, a student must present either a major in Accountancy or a concentration in one of the following: Accountancy, Economics, Finance, Manage- ment, Marketing, or Public Administration. A concentration consists of three courses beyond the required courses in a par- * See Page 83. ** Students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Mathematics Placement Test are not required to take Mathematics 105. *** May be waived by the Director of the B.B.A. Program if the student demonstrates proficiency in the use of language. 184 Accountancy ticular field. The following courses may be counted toward a concentration in the designated areas: Accountancy: Acct. 151, 152, 153, 154, 251, 252, 261, 262, 271, 273, 276, 281. Economics: Econ. 201, 202, 258, 264, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273, 274, 280, 281, 287, 288; BA. 346. Finance: BA. 326, 342, 364; Acct. 271; Econ. 269, 271. Management and Industrial Relations: BA. 332, 333, 431, 434; Acct. 153, 154; Econ. 273. Marketing: BA. 341, 342, 344, 346, 442; Econ. 267. Public Administration: BA. 360, 333; Acct. 251; Econ. 271; Pol. Sc. 151, 152. Accountancy The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is essential in understanding and administering business opera- tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and government and also enables the student to prepare himself for the Certified Public Accountant examination. In addition to the basic and core professional courses re- quired of all B.B.A. students, a major in Accountancy requires B.A. 362 and 28 hours in Accountancy, including 111, 112, 151, 152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining hours in the major and the required hours in related fields are to be selected by the stu- dent and the accounting advisor. A point-hour ratio of 2.00 to 1 must be attained in courses in accountancy. Students who grad- uate as Accountancy majors are permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North Carolina without qualifying experience which is otherwise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not ap- ply for C.P.A. examination purposes.) The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to obtain practical accounting experience and training through the Accounting Internship Program. It is recommended that the student interested in a career in accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman year. 185 Accountancy Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms and the North Carolina Association of CPA's, are awarded an- nually to students doing outstanding work while pursuing a major in Accountancy. Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda- mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112. 151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152. 153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in accumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu- facturing procedures. P-112. 154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct. 153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget development and analysis of performance variances. P-153. 251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques in accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local governmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151. 252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and procedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151, 153. 261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob- lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough back- ground in accounting. P-151. 262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business problems. P-151. 271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer- tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns. P-151. 273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em- phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153. 276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap- proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit granted until completion of 273. 186 Business Administration 281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current prob- lems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. Business Administration 270. Public Administration. (3) This course may count as Business Ad- ministration or Political Science, but not both. See Political Science 213. 326. Investments. (3) Study of the principles governing the investment of personal and institutional funds. P-Acct. 112, Econ. 152. 331. Management Policy. (3) Explanation of the policies involved in the performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, and controlling modern business organizations. P-Econ. 151, 152. 332. Production Management. (3) Study of production control policies, procedures, and techniques. Cases, associated readings, and assigned prob- lems. P-331. 333. Personnel Management. (3) Analysis of principles and procedures of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force. Selected case studies. P-Econ. 151, 152. 340. Marketing Management. (3) Survey of marketing concepts and behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of goods and services. 341. Advanced Marketing Management. (3) Synthesis of the key aspects of marketing management and strategy. P-340. 342. Credits and Collections. (3) Study of the economic and social impli- cations of credit. Analysis of the specific types of credit. P-340. 344. Retailing. (3) An orientation to the managerial study of retailing. P-340. 346. Principles of Transportation. (3) An integrated approach to domes- tic transportation. Management of physical distribution. P-340. 350. Business Communication. (3) Intensive work in the writing of re- ports, memoranda, and position papers. Introduction to semantics. P- Eng. 112. 361. Legal Environment of Business. (3) Study of the legal environment within which business decisions must be made. 362. Business Law. (3) Selected topics of law from areas of particular interest to businessmen. 364. Insurance. (3) Study of the principles of risk taking applicable to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. 187 Business Administration 366. Real Estate. (3) Study of the principles, laws, and practices relat- ing to appraisal, ownership, financing, and management of real property. 368. Business Statistics. (3) (Now Economics 157.) 420. Financial Management. (3) Analysis of financial decision making at the level of the individual business enterprise. 421. Labor Law. (3) Analysis of the effect of labor legislation upon the policies and actions of both management and labor. 434. Labor Policy. (3) Theories of wage determination, employment, and income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective bargaining process. P-Econ. 152. 442. Promotion Management. (3) Study of various sales techniques, with emphasis on advertising and personal selling. 460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. (3) Study of administra- tive decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 161. 470. Advanced Management Policy. (3) Synthesis of the economics, marketing, accounting and finance areas of business through use of case analysis and related techniques. Permission of the instructor. Economics Courses in Economics count toward the 51 hours in Account- ancy, Business Administration, and Economics required for the B.B.A. degree. For courses available and their description, see page 120. 188 GRADUATE SCHOOL On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad- uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree programs. In September, 1969, the Department of Speech in- troduced work leading to the M.A. degree. On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the Department of Education began offering programs of study leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree for those training to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun- selors in the public secondary schools. Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com- plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language. The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree are essentially the same except that prospective principals and counselors may write an internship report instead of a thesis and there are possible substitutions for the foreign language requirement in all of the programs in Education. The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar- ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1970 and a total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships for the academic year 1970-1971. The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for admission form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323, Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109. 189 SCHOOL OF LAW Faculty* James Ralph Scales, President Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Associate Professor of Law Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian General Statement The Law School was established as a department of Wake Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty of nine full-time teachers. The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered in the Law School, and the method of instruction employed are designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system pre- vails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural back- ground against which legal principles and problems can be understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory modification. * See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 190 Law The Law School has as its objective, not only to train a stu- dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro- found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the lawyer to society. The Law School is fully approved by all national and state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the University of the State of New York. The Law School has its separate building, modern in all respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth and future development of the School and the expansion of its program in the field of legal education. The law building, which is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive and useful features including air-conditioning. The Law Library contains approximately 39,400 volumes, carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure the greatest possible usefulness. Admission Requirements The academic requirements for admission to the School of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied by any one of the following methods: (1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer- sity. (2) The completion of three years of academic work pre- scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See pages 97-98 for details.) The Law School does not admit applicants without an academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College. The academic requirements set forth above are minimum requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The Law School 191 Law requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished this Law School. There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis- sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program of study: English Composition, History of the United States, History of England, European History, Constitutional History, Government of the United States, State and Local Government, Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- counting, and Investments. Application for admission to the School of Law must be made in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or university that he has attended to send a complete transcript of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law. Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it has been the policy of the Law School to admit beginning stu- dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such students by continuing without interruption to complete the three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five regular semesters and two summer sessions. Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law school which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand- ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis- sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 192 Law Law School Admission Test The Law School requires all applicants for admission to take the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Edu- cational Testing Service. The applicant's scores on the Test will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli- cation for admission to this Law School. Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa- tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin of Information regarding the Test. Scholarships and Student Aid The Law School has a number of scholarships available for each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school year commencing the following September. The University has available loan funds for the benefit of students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily completed at least a full semester. In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors but usually after the completion of their first year. Degree of J.D. The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission to the Law School as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the Law School, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work required for graduation. 193 Law The Summer Session The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session for advanced students only. Further Information Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes and awards, and the complete course of study are contained in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the Law School, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest University, P. O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 194 BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE Administration Officers* James Ralph Scales, President Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and Dean Robert L. Tuttle, Academic Dean Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Administration) C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean ( Research Develop- ment) C. Douglas Maynard, Assistant Dean Harry O. Parker, Controller Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian Origin and Development The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan- sion possible. Facilities The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 477 general hospital beds, an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient visits a year. The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic medical science teaching programs. • See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 195 Medicine Construction is under way on buildings included in a $30-million expansion program which will virtually double the size of the medical center. The project will increase the number of teaching beds to 695 and will provide additional clinical, educational and research facilities. Newly constructed facilities have permitted a 37 per cent increase in medical student enroll- ment and a significant expansion of the graduate and postdoc- toral programs. Major elements of the program include a 122,000-square-foot addition to the medical school, a 400-seat auditorium, a School of Nursing and Allied Health Programs Building, and a new medical center power plant, all of which have been completed. A 16-story hospital and clinics building will be completed in 1972. Requirements for Admission The requirements for admission to the medical school are based on the premise that the program of training a physician is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate training program is thus not only to provide the prospective student with the technical information and skills which will make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school but also to help him develop a broad background of experience and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a member of society. Although ninety semester hours are the minimum require- ment, it is felt that, except in unusual circumstances, the stu- dent should plan to complete a well-rounded four-year college course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the emphasis on a broad educational program. In order for the student entering medical school to be pre- pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained in the following undergraduate courses: 2 semesters of general biology 2 semesters of general chemistry 2 semesters of organic chemistry 2 semesters of general physics It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of other less specific educational requirements. 196 Medicine In addition to the material listed above, the student should acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train- ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will permit. Admission Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not encouraged to apply. Graduate Studies Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy de- gree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree is offered in Biochemistry, Microbiology and Pharmacology. A program leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for students who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students including medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in any department or section of the medical school with the approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. Detailed information concerning the graduate program can be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. Further Information For detailed information concerning enrollment in The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis- sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 197 THE 1970 SUMMER SESSION Two Six- Week Terms The first of two six-week terms will begin with registration on Monday, June 15, 1970, and will extend through July 18. The second term will begin with registration on July 20, and will extend through August 22. Class work will be confined to the mornings, except for courses in swimming and choir which will meet in the afternoons. Periods will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will meet daily, Monday through Saturday of each term. Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each, and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each. All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal load for a student is six semester hours, and the maximum load is seven hours. Courses will be offered which are designed to meet the needs of regular Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students from other colleges, and public school teachers needing renewal of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Chem- istry, Economics, Education, English, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Education, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech, and Business Administration. In the Summer Session of 1970 graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of Biology, English, History, Physical Education, Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology, Religion and Speech. Opportunities for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate courses, will be provided in the departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program in three summer sessions. 198 Summer Session For additional information see the Summer Session Bulletin, which may be obtained by addressing Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem 27109. 199 DEGREES CONFERRED 201 COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 1969 The Program Sunday, June 8 2:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the A. D. Ward Medal) Phyllis McMurry Tate "The Worst Are Full of Passionate Intensity" James Nello Martin, Jr "What's It All For?" Mary Ann Tolbert "Bleary-Eyed Wisdom Born of Midnight Oil" Linda Sue Carter "Where is the Renaissance Man?" 5:30 to 7:30 p.m. Reception and Buffet supper given by President and Mrs. Scales honoring the members of the graduating classes and their families. 8:00 p.m. The Baccalaureate Sermon The Reverend Jack R. Noffsinger Minister, Knollwood Baptist Church Winston-Salem, North Carolina Monday, June 9 9:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises The Address: "This Revolting Generation" James Ralph Scales, President, Wake Forest University The Conferring of Degrees The Commissioning Awards and Honors 1. From the School of Arts and Sciences Graduating with Honors in: Biology: Linda Louise Fox, Michael Floyd Harrah, Wanda Lee Radford German: Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. Economics: William Hill Andrews, Kurt Peter Gottschalk, John Terry Warner History: Gloria Jean Halstead, Charles Edward Kirk- patrick Music: Mary Lynn Hager Physics: Sankey Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro, Mary Helen Whisenant 202 Commencement Exercises Phychology: Marshall Dean Tessnear, Norma Hood Mur- dock Religion: Mary Ann Tolbert Arts and Sciences: Charles William Twyford The J. B. Currin Medal in Religion: James Kenneth Martin The Forrest W. Clonts Award for Excellence in History: Gloria Jean Halstead The William E. Speas Memorial Award in Physics: Sankey Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro The A.C.C. Award for excellence in scholarship and athletics: Jerry Allen Montgomery Elected to Associate Membership in the Society of Sigma Xi: Linda Louise Fox Seniors elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Spring 1969 David Scott Anderson Carol Ann Bowen Linda Jean Braswell Linda Sue Carter Ronnie Alfred Caviness Paul Mitchell Coble Aleta Lynn Cochrane Sharyn Echols Dowd Foy Margienette Edmond Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. Lucy Holton Gordon Mary Lynn Hager Iris Patricia Hansen Michael Floyd Harrah William Amos Hough, III Virginia Ann Jones Prudence Ellen MacDermod Janet Alice Magee Carolyn Starck Montgomery Sankey Reid Painter Janet Carolyn Parker Sink Mary Ann Tolbert Charles William Twyford William Miller Watts, Jr. Mary Helen Whisenant Patricia Ann Wieferich Lee Alan Zinzow 2. From The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration The Lura Baker Paden Medal: Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan Phil- lips, Jr. The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal: Ann Marie Meyer The North Carolina Association of C. P. A.'s Medal: James Robert Wrenn, Jr. The Wall Street Journal Award: David Exum James Seniors Elected to Beta Gamma Sigma Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. Cathy Edinger Fink Ann Marie Meyer Clarence Ford Peatross Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. Patricia Lynne Thomas 203 Commencement Exercises 3. From The School of Law The North Carolina National Bank Award, First Prize (Wake Forest) : Robert Fuller Fleming Also, Winner Second State-Wide Prize The North Carolina National Bank Award, Second Prize (Wake Forest) : Sandy Nelson Weeks The Nathan Burkan Memorial Copyright Competition: Rob- ert Fuller Fleming The Warren A. Seavey Award: Elton Carrington Boggan 4. From The Bowman Gray School of Medicine The Faculty Award: Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. The Awards for Student Papers: First prize: Robert Francis Blackard Second prize: Charles Edmond King, Jr. Third prize: Dominick Addario, Karl Sebastian Roth The Pediatric Merit Award: John Atlas Phillips The Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: James Allen McAlister, Jr. The Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: Julian Raleigh Taylor The Upjohn Achievement Award: Julian Raleigh Taylor Seniors Elected to Alpha Omega Alpha Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr. John Atlas Phillips Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. Durward Boye Pridgen Charles Edmond King, Jr. Martin I. Resnick James Allen McAlister, Jr. Julian Raleigh Taylor Kyle Allen Young 5. From the Department of Military Science The President's Trophy: Cadet Major David A. Taliaferro The Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Colonel Dale D. Glen- dening, Jr. The ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Charles E. Kirkpatrick The Reserve Officers' Association Medal: Cadet Major David R. Watters The Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Major James L. Carver, II The American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Lieuten- ant Colonel James L. This The American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet Captain Bobby J. Ervin The Daughters of the American Revolution ROTC Medal: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel James H. Watson The Sons of the American Revolution "Minute Man" Medal: Cadet Major James A. Miller 204 Commencement Exercises 6. Graduation Distinctions Cum Laude William Otis Ameen, Jr. David Scott Anderson William Hill Andrews David Bee Ashcraft Ronald Edward Bassett (August 23, 1968) Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. Edwin Graham Below Jennie Lydia Boger Elton Carrington Boggan Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr. Janet Elaine Bowker Sara Forwood Busey Laura Elizabeth Caton Donald Earl Clark Sara Margarette Davis Jean Elise Deter James Clyde Dillard Phillip Arvin Dunnagan Jan Elizabeth Eakins Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr. Foy Margienette Edmond Cathy Edinger Fink Linda Louise Fox Clifford Garland Gaddy, Jr. (August 23, 1968) Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. Gloria Sheila Gossett Kurt Peter Gottschalk Michael Donwell Gunter Gloria Jean Halstead Lloyd Eric Halvorson Michael Floyd Harrah Susan Waugh Harward Susan Parrish Haviland Jerry Ray Hemric Barbara Buchanan Hicks Brenda Louise High Susan Lewis Honeycutt Richard Bernard Howington Jean Sykes Humphrey Virginia Ann Jones Lee Ronald Dean Joos (August 23, 1968) Charles Edward Kirkpatrick Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr. William Douglas Livengood Prudence Ellen MacDermod Janet Alice Magee James Kenneth Martin James Nello Martin, Jr. Mark Stephen Mason Kim Grayson Menke Kenneth Gene Mills (August 23, 1968) Carolyn Starck Montgomery James Winston Morton Norma Hood Murdoch Sankey Reid Painter Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. Margaret Anne Park Janet Carolyn Parker R. Joanne Kline Partin (January 28, 1969) Miriam Early Picklesimer Wanda Lee Radford Anne Elizabeth Sabroske Elizabeth Ann Smith Susan Marie Smith William Dupree Spence Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr. Jeanne Laroque Stott David Andrew Taliaferro Marshall Dean Tessnear James Leslie This Patricia Lynne Thomas Patricia Foust Tweedy John Terry Warner Paul Victor Washburn William Miller Watts Sandy Nelson Weeks John Frederick Whalley William Harrison Williams, III David Collins Wilson Alan Zinzow 205 Commencement Exercises Magna Cum Laude Carol Ann Bo wen Linda Jean Braswell Linda Sue Carter Ronnie Alfred Caviness Paul Mitchell Coble Aleta Lynn Cochrane Sharon Echols Dowd Mary Lynn Hager Iris Patricia Hansen Patricia William Amos Hough, III Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. William Amos Hough, III Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. Barbara North Saintsing Donna Hurt Scott Mary Ann Tolbert Charles William Twyford Mary Helen Whisenant Ann Wieferich Summa Cum Laude Jimmy Lewis Craig (August 23, 1968) Lucy Hartsfield Holton Gordon (August 23, 1968) 206 DEGREES CONFERRED Doctor of Philosophy William Carter Alexander Charles Everett Benson Henry James Haigler Phillip Michael Hutchins Master of Arts Elizabeth West Alexander Carolyn Fuller Cunningham Marcia Ann Fishel Robert Bernard Holder William Monroe Knott, III Marion Yang Kwok Safar Mohammad Nazari William Cogel Reed Grace Jemison Rohrer William Klasck Templeton Tse Ping-Kwan Blanche Raper Zimmerman Master of Arts in Education Judith Cottrell Minkley Joseph Stephen Price Jeannette Elizabeth Turner Master of Science Mary Stevenson Britt John Doliver Newkirk, II John Henry Oliver, Jr. Victoria Ann Resnick Samuel Leroy Sehorn Steven Boisen Valand William Sprigg Webster Doctor of Medicine Dominick Addario Thomas James Bergstrom Charles Alan Bevis Robert Francis Blackard Susan Kelly Blue Daniel- David Broadhead Curtis Allen Bruce Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr. Fred McPherson Burdette Larry Paul Conrad Donald Bernard Dewar Robert Gwyn Dillon David Edward Eckberg John Marcus Eckerd Irving Barefoot Elkins John Robinson Gregg Lynn Mixon Hale James Edward Hannah Anthony Edwin Harris Leonard Thompson Heffner, Jr. Edward Lee Heiman Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. Kenneth Everett Hoogs Paul Herbert Izenberg Robert A. Jacobsen Leslie Donald Johnson Charles Edmond King, Jr. John Summerell Kitchin John Gilbert Kloss Ronald Eric Krauser Earl Thomas Leyrer James Dwight Mattox, Jr. James Allen McAlister, Jr. Quincy Albert McNeil, Jr. David Davis Meyer Lloyd Dan Montgomery Robert Roy Morrison Ray Allan Noel 207 Degrees Conferred John McLean Nordan Betsy Allen Parsley John Atlas Phillips Durward Boye Pridgen Martin I. Resnick Karl Sebastian Roth Rene Ronald Roy Samuel Russell Scott Hoyle Edward Setzer, Jr. Jack Bryan Spainhour, Jr. Cary Ernest Stroud Julian Raleigh Taylor Richard Allen Taylor William Keith Thompson Kyle Allen Young Juris Doctor Elton Carrington Boggan Thomas Hilton Brown Sherman Ray Brumley William Brumsey, III Thomas Merritt Bumpass, Jr. Vernon Elliott Cardwell Michael Paul Carr Albert Anderson Corbett, Jr. Stephen Talmage Daniel, Jr. William Keith Davis Joseph Wayne Dean James Clyde Dillard Don Howard Elkins Ernest Leroy Evans Koyt Woodworth Everhart, Jr. William David Ezzell Paul Douglas Fann Robert Walter Feeman Richard Thacher Feerick Robert Fuller Fleming Henry Charles Frenck, III Jerome Barry Friedman James Carlos Gaulden, Jr. Wesley Bennett Grant Zoro Joseph Guice, Jr. Robert Pleasant Hanner, II Gerald Wilton Hayes, Jr. Allan Bruce Head Lawrence Wilson Hewitt Lloyd Hise, Jr. Richard Bernard Howington Marvin Asher Jaffe Charles William Kafer Charles Cadmus Lamm, Jr. Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr. David Vernon Liner Robert Clyde McClymonds John Thomas McKinney, Jr. John Michael McLeod Robert Hayes McNeill, II Andrew Stephen Martin Noland Randolph Mattocks, Jr. Ronald Dennis Nicola Norbert John Pail James Russell Prevatte, Jr. James Edward Rainey Charles Robert Redden James Lloyd Roberts Bruce Hamilton Robinson, Jr. Henry Bascom Shore Alden Thomas Small Archie Leak Smith, Jr. William Dupree Spence Wayne Campbell Streitz Thomas Spruill Thornton Carl Lewis Tilghman Norwood Carlton Tilley, Jr. Winston McNair Tornow Russell Grady Walker, Jr. Sandy Nelson Weeks Samuel Latham Whitehurst, Jr. Walter Frederick Williams, Jr. William Edwin Wilson Thomas Denver Windsor Bachelor of Arts David Preston Abernethy, Jr. Brenton Douglas Adams Jefferson Boone Aiken, III Thomas Warren Albert Charles Jackson Alexander Emmett Carlyle Aldredge, Jr. 208 Degrees Conferred Charles Roger Allen William Otis Ameen, Jr. Laura Rita Andrews William Hill Andrews Martha Willois Andrus Harry Albert Arsenault David Asch Carol Carson Baker Phillip Louie Baucom Charles Lindsay Beck George Cheyne Berkow Thomas Frederick Berry John Christopher Berwind, Jr. James Ernest Best, Jr. Thomas Frederick Bigelow, Jr. Lindsey Scott Biles Evelyn Anne Bingham Luther Brown Bivens Stephen Alexander Blackwood Joseph Edward Blythe George Henry Bode Jennie Lydia Boger John Benthal Bondurant Deborah Boone Nancy Carol Bost Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr. Carol Ann Bowen Janet Elaine Bowker Sharon Lee Bowman David Lee Bradshaw, III Linda Jean Bras well Barbara Jane Brazil Coy Estres Brewer, Jr. Eva Karen Brown Reginald Allen Brown Timothy Carter Brown Betsy Deane Burrell Sara Forwood Busey James Irvin Butler James Alfred Butts, III Thomas Lloyd Call, Jr. Baxter Moore Callaway Daniel Stancil Campbell Linda Sue Carter James Lee Carver, II Rita Ellen Case Thomas Ray Case, Jr. Joe Tommy Causby, Jr. Ronnie Alfred Caviness Juanita Graham Cheek Thomas Duran Chitty, Jr. Linda Crutchfield Chris James Thomas Clack Donald Earl Clark William Earl Clark Terri Kathryn Cline Aleta Lynn Cochrane William Preston Cole Steven Roger Corns Charles Grayson. Covington Nancy Reeves Cox James Ransom Creech, Jr. Donald Lamonte Creed D. Christopher Cross Herbert Dixon Crum, Jr. Alan Boyd Crusan Julie Ann Davis James Randol Davis Sarah Margarette Davis Caldwell N. Day, Jr. Wilbur Thurston Debnam, Jr. Richard Paul Decker Jean Elise Deter Susan Beck DeVaney Kathleen Ann Pagliara Dolinger Sharyn Echols Dowd Rosalind Jeanne Duck Linda Dudley Jan Elizabeth Eakins Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr. Joseph Pierce Edens, III Foy Margienette Edmond Jean Marie Edwards Sandra Lee Edwards William Alexander Eliason Carol Faye Elledge Carl Ray Elledge Phillip Ellington John Clyde Ellis, Jr. William David Ellis Bobby Jay Ervin Donna Rae Farley Harriet Gillespie Farthing Robert Lee Ferrell, Jr. Charlanne Fields William Charles Findt, III Frederick James Flagler, III George Beverly Flowe, Jr. 209 Degrees Conferred Howard Davis Foster Janet Elizabeth Fox Robert Richard Fredeking, II Elaine Teresa Fuller John Thomas Gardner, Jr. Philip Warren Gasaway Dwight Lonnie Gentry, Jr. Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. Milton Elliott Gold, Jr. Kurt Peter Gottschalk Roy Edward Grant Cheryl Patricia Graves David Clinard Green Rebecca Jane Greene Robert Denton Gregory Michael Bruce Grim George Weller Grove, Jr. Michael Donwell Gunter Mary Lynn Hager Carolyn Susan Hahn Gloria Jean Halstead Robert McClure Hambrecht Barbara Ross Hanauer Donald Watson Hardeman, Jr. Mary Arden Harris Susan Waugh Harward Robert Morse Hathaway, Jr. Susan Parrish Haviland Rhonda Lynn Hefner Peter Charles Heiberger Charles Diederich Heidgerd David Cannon Helscher Barbara Buchanan Hicks Brenda Louise High Constance Jane Hoey Richard Lee Honeycutt Susan Alice Honeycutt Susan Lewis Honeycutt Elwyn Veazey Hopkins John Alan Hopper Jasper White Home Susan M. Hrom Jean Sykes Humphrey Myrna Cheryel Huneycutt Patricia Sue Hunt Charlton Hynds Julius Adebisi Imosun Garrison Durham Ipock, Jr. Clare Jean Ivey Altha Jayne Jarrett Danny Blair Jenkins Fredrick Gray Johnson Connie Elaine Jones Linda Ellen Jones Mark Addison Jones Virginia Ann Jones Linda Faye Jordan Julia Dobbins Joyce Barbara Kay Kelly Key Jan Allen Kiger William Benbow King Jack Charles Kirkland, Jr. Charles Edward Kirkpatrick William Walton Kitchin, Jr. Daniel Gaines Lamb, Jr. William Hutchins Lambe, Jr. Julius Hamilton Lambeth Gordon Thackston Leathers Keith Douglas Lembo Kathleen Saunders Lewis Anthony Michael Liner William Douglas Livengood Anne Marlow Long Lloyd Maxwell Long, Jr. James Edward Lowe James Frederick Lowstetter Charles Edward McCartney, Jr. Philip Alan McGee George Anthony McNabb John Paul McNeil, III Robert Redfern McRae, Jr. Prudence Ellen MacDermod Jeffrey Thomas Mackie Nancy Jean Gravley Martin James Kenneth Martin William Paul Mattox Timothy Ray Messinger David Cromwell Meyer Hannah Ryan Mill Harold Daniel Miller, Jr. James Arthur Miller Thomas P. Mohr Caroline Starck Montgomery Mark Dreier Montgomery Nelda Nan Morgan Henry Ferguson Morris, Jr. Thomas Roy Moyer Norma Hood Murdoch 210 Degrees Conferred Robert Humphries Murdock, Jr. Barry Phillips Murphy Edward Albert Myers, Jr. William Brock Myers Raymond Toufeek Nasser Donna Gail Neal Nancy Young Nesbit Tommy Durr Nixon Theodore Adelbert Nodell, Jr. Judith Louise Noffsinger Anne Horton Northington Stuart Curtis Ours Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. Margaret Anne Park Janet Carolyn Parker William Andrew Parker Adele Patrick William Sloan Patterson Carolyn Apple Patton Bronnie Clifton Pearce, Jr. Peggy Lynne Pennell Barbara Ellen Peterson Michael Louis Pezzicola, Jr. Barbara Ann Phillips Miriam Early Picklesimer Fred P. Piercy John Andrew Porter Susan Gail Powers Douglas S. Punger Patricia Jo Rampy Haywood Wilson Ray, Jr. Richmond George Reavis Benjamin Hampton Register, II Raymond Rudolph Renfrow, Jr. Don Stephen Rice John Calvin Ritchie, Jr. Edgar M. Roach, Jr. Deborah Robinson James Robert Rose Francia White Rubio Anne Elizabeth Sabroske Barbara North Saintsing Louis Alan Sasser Phillip Laurence Saylor Donna Hurt Scott Christian Nathaniel Siewers Carol Susanne Bennett Simpson Richard Miller Sink, Jr. Thomas Michael Sklutas John William Slate, III Richard Lewis Sloss James Hamlett Smelley Darrell Lee Smith James Ivey Smith Robert Marshall Smith Susan Marie Smith William Eugene Smith George Franklin Spencer Howard Jan Stanback Richard Thomas Stange James Ernest Starmer, Jr. Mary Katherine Stelling Jeanne LaRoque Stott Preston Calvin Stringfield, III Richard Barry Strosnider William P. Summey Robert Marvin Sutherland Donald Keith Tate John Lewis Tate Phyllis McMurry Tate Marshall Dean Tessnear James Leslie This Mary Elaine Thomas Margaret Sue Tobey Mary Ann Tolbert Elizabeth Waitt Tomlinson William Arthur Townsend Pamela Annette Turner Patricia Foust Tweedy Charles William Twyford Donald Homewood Wagoner Anne Wannall Walsh Roslyn Anne Waring John Terry Warner James Smith Warren David Robert Watters Paul Victor Washburn James Huntley Watson James Drewry Wilkins, III Thomas Paul Williams Gary Wilson Jackson Daily Wilson, Jr. David Alan Wood, Jr. Sallie Anna Wood Susan Scott Yates Richard David York 211 Degrees Conferred Bachelor of Science David Scott Anderson David Bee Ashcraft Elizabeth Ann Beck John William Belchee Thomas Alexander Bell, Jr. Edwin Graham Below Willard Jackson Blanchard, Jr. Jonas LeMoyne Blank, Jr. Jerrie Snow Bottoms Thomas Jackson Boyles Ramsay Doyle Breazeale Carol Jean Breeding Arthur Wolfe Browning, Jr. John MacMillan Bruce, III Stephen Richard Burns Rebecca Wylie Burton Laura Elizabeth Caton Peter Chow Paul Mitchell Coble Ralph Anson Coffey Tommy Trent Cole Edward Beekman Cooper, Jr. Robert Maurice Crawford Kenneth Len Culbreth Jerome Irvin Davis Gail Margaret Detty James William Dixon Scott Kenneth Durum Robert Clarke DuVal Philip Arvin Dunnagan Linda Louise Fox Josephine Tucker Furgurson Gloria Sheila Gossett John Bewick Gouch John Payne Grady Shirley Jannette Greene Lloyd Eric Halvorson Iris Patricia Hansen Charles Vester Hardin, III Michael Floyd Harrah Robert Allen Harris, Jr. Wayne Robert Hedrick Jerry Ray Hemric William Amos Hough, III Susan Meredith Howard Bruce Alan Humphries Jack Robert Hutcheson, Jr. Nancy Elizabeth Hyler David Stone Jackson James Robert Johnson, Jr. Randall N. Kanter Edward Davey King Wayne Daniel Klohs Wayne Preston Knode Linda Ruth Krupitzer Richard Martin Lavinder Norman Charles McAllister Janet Alice Magee Cassandra Jo Martin James Nello Martin, Jr. Mark Stephen Mason Kim Grayson Menke Thomas Jackson Million Donald Lee Moore Richard Earl Morgan James W. Morton Thomas Paul Mutton Darrell Crawford Myers Paul Nelson Orser James Griffin Owen Sankey Reid Painter Edward O'dell Pauley, II Brenda Ruth Peeler Roy James Pettyjohn Pamela Pinson Randall Roy Poe Jimmy Douglas Price Wanda Lee Radford Susan Vaught Rainwater Jay Charles Randall Rosalind Delores Richmond Stanley Gray Rogers William Wigmore Rucker Judith Elaine Scaro Richard Allan Seibert Deborah Sue Simpson Ronald Kelly Sizemore Elton Ray Slone Elizabeth Ann Smith Everette Grover Smith, Jr. Randolph Fletcher Spainhour Mary Alice Steele Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr. Norman Virgil Swenson, Jr. 212 Degrees Conferred Carol Elaine Talbott David Andrew Taliaferro Louis Laverne Taylor, Jr. Thomas Stokes Templeton, II Susan Louise Troutman Charles Wallace Turner David Eugene Tuttle Linda Lee Van Oot Jean Allen Watson Richard Glenn Watson William Miller Watts, Jr. Charles Ernest Webb Landon Earl Weeks John Frederick Whalley Mary Helen Whisenant Richard George White Patricia Ann Wieferich Lola Kay Wike James Monroe Williams, Jr. William Harrison Williams, III David Collins Wilson Walter Eugene Wilson Dan Roland Yarborough Lee Alan Zinzow Bachelor of Business Administration Gregory Stephen Baxter Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. Richard Carlie Beck James Monroe Blackwelder Douglas Robbins Bris-Bois Vinton Carr Bruton, III David Lee Burton Daniel Stelle Byrum William Fred Chapman, Jr. Larrie Wayne Dawkins Stephen Dale Dolinger Cathy Edinger Fink James Warren Fredrickson William Harrison Heitman Franklin Richard Hood, Jr. James Boyd Hood, Jr. Jimmy Lee Horton Harry Glenn James Douglas William Jardine Lawrence Fred Johnson Michael Fred Lynch James Anne Marie Meyer Marty Lee Ogburn Clarence Ford Peatross, II Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. Glenn Michael Pleasant Thomas B. Preston William Gordon Preston James C. Pyron William Russell Raisner, Jr. Douglas Thomas Ramsey Earl William Robinson, Jr. Michael Henry Brody Rubenstein Glenn Randall Saunders Grady W. Saunders Teddy Dale Shelton Tolly M. Shuford, Jr. Jeffrey Stanton Taylor Patricia Lynne Thomas Kelly Randolph Vann Earl Gray Voss Daniel Edward White Robert Wren, Jr. HONORARY DEGREES Doctor of Laws David Maxwell Britt * Graham Martin John Francis Watlington, Jr. Doctor of Letters Germaine Bree Doctor of Science James E. Webb Awarded September 18, 1969. 213 DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 29, 1969 Master of Arts William Allen Harrison, III Deann McCauley Miller Josephine Chandler Holcomb Wayne Eugene Moore John E. Hutchins Kallarackal Ninan Thomas Thomas Richard Williams, II Reginald Denny Carter Master of Science Joseph Dautlick, II Bachelor of Arts Robert Howard Armstrong, Jr. Charles Edward Arrington, Jr. Carlton Lee Baker Robert Gray Bobbitt David Lawe Bowdish Noel Bradford Breuer Chester Oscar David William Edward Eutsler, Jr. Robert Johnson Evans Ferris Lineau Grooms, Jr. John Phillips Harris, II John Henry Jones, Jr. James D. Kennedy James Hilton Knight Mary Claire McNaught R. Joanne Kline Partin Larry D. Pegram Judy Lynn Howard Petree Douglas Edward Reinhardt Dennis Michael Sayers Susan Byrd Tutt Frederick Lee Wendorf Bachelor of Science James Wesley Broadway Robert Alexander George Douglas Branch Horner Richard A. Marsh Robert Martin Parks John Everett Stone, Jr. Ann Rankin Stuart York Edward Winston Donald Carter Wilson Bachelor of Business Administration David George Cedolia Thomas Henry Clark Edgar Richard Dimmette, Jr. Ronald Brian Collins Matthew Alvin Edwards, III Sherwin Trumbull Haskell, III Richard David Herbert David Exum James James W. Mason Jerry Allen Shepherd Elmer Earl Trulove, Jr. GRADUATION DISTINCTION Cum Laude R. Joanne Kline Partin 214 SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1969 Friday, August 29 DEGREES CONFERRED Doctor of Philosophy Jerry Eugene Sipe Master of Arts Bryan Kingsley Blanchard Joseph Edwin Bourque Charles Edwin Cipolla John Senter Compere William Copeland Cooper William Wayne Eudy John William Filler, Jr. Harold Frazee Giles, Jr. John Jay Hamilton William Joseph Hartley Patricia Adams Johnson Robert Eugene Knott John Carlton Livesay Lois Mary Robertson Louden Clarence Allen McMurtry Margaret Whistle Morris Davis L. Moss Sue Pyatt Peeler William Leon Pippin, Jr. Felix Andrew Rowe, Jr. Roger Adams Smith, III Virginia Ann Sutton Lisbeth Joan Vincent Mervin Blythe Whealy Susan Lynn Brooks Violet Hoffman Daniel Master of Arts in Education Austin Odom Evans Judith Dorr Homer Kenneth Gray Matthews Bachelor of Arts Henry Lee Albert, Jr. Lynda Jones Baker John Ruffin Branham, Jr. Dariel Saunders Buczek David Lee Coleman Russell Edwin Dancy Thomas Shirley Dickinson Franklin Pierce Donaldson, Jr. Sharon Lee Ervin Jean Adair Fogleman William Allen Garnett Roland Boyden Gibson Clarence E. Godwin, Jr. Arthur Henry Hilker, III George Paul LaRoque Carol Ann Lindner Everett Paul Erwin Long Philip McNeill Maness Jo Ann Martin Jesse Lee Mills, III Ruth Malene Pettit Sanderson Scott Schaub Joseph Worrell Seidle Suzi Dianne Smith Carolyn Jean Snider John Hubert Spivey Richard John Staiger, Jr. Jo Anne Tart Susan Rebecca Thomas William Edward Upton, III Charles Franklin Williams, Jr. Jeffrey Alan Willison Cleveland Wilkie 215 Graduation Distinctions Bachelor of Science William Sears Brown Ronald Lee Honeycutt Susan Garrard Coffey Durward Burrell Jones Edith Jane Creasy Robert Mackie Kirsch Robert Newton Dickens Emmett Matthew Leeper, Jr. Lowell Leon Freedlund Ronald Bruce MacVittie Hubert Gearl Gore Harold Carlyle McDowell John Ralph Hagaman W. Hugh Patton, III Larry Nicholas Hambrick Douglas Dussel Pritchard Bachelor of Business Administration Scott Louis Cober Walter Roland Shelton David Michael Grochmal James Marsh Steed Carlos O. Holder Frank LeRoy Vestal Sandy Vestal Hutchens, Jr. Michael Dean White Joseph Edward Parvin Craig Marshall Wood Penelope Chamis Poulos Paul Lee Zink GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS Cum Laude Jean Adair Fogleman Magna Cum Laude Carolyn Jean Snider 216 ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE Chester O. David* Robert A. George January 1969 Lawrence W. Hewitt James H. Knight Douglas E. Reinhardt* Donald C. Wilson* February 1969 June 1969 Thomas W. Albert, Jr. John C. Berwind, Jr. Joseph E. Blythe Thomas J. Boyles* Reginald A. Brown David L. Burton* James L. Carver, II* Alan B. Crusan* Larrie W. Dawkins William A. Eliason John C. Ellis, Jr. William D. Ellis Bobby J. Ervin* Dwight L. Gentry, Jr. Dale D. Glendening, Jr.f Donald W. Hardeman, Jr.* Charles D. Heidgerd David C. Helscher Elwyn V. Hopkins, Jr. Lawrence F. Johnsonf Charles E. Kirkpatrick* James E. Lowe James A. Miller* David C. Meyer William B. Myers Theodore A. Nodell, Jr. Stuart C. Ours William A. Parker James R. Rose William W. Rucker Louis A. Sasser Charles V. Steiner, Jr.f David A. Taliaferro* James L. This* Donald H. Wagoner* James S. Warren James H. Watson* David R. Wattersf Charles E. Webb* Gary Wilson Richard C. Beck Edwin G. Below* Jonas L. Blank, Jr. James R. Creech, Jr. Jack C. Kirkland, Jr. July 1969 Paul E. Long Charles E. McCartney, Jr. Thomas P. Mutton William M. Watts, Jr. David A. Wood William A. K. Garnett August 1969 Larry N. Hambrick * Distinguished Military Graduates. t Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 217 SUMMARY - FALL 1969 Graduate School Men Women Totals Wake Forest College: Regular 87 80 167 Unclassified 17 23 40 Bowman Gray School of Medicine 35 13 48 139 116 255 255 Wake Forest College Seniors 365 161 526 Juniors 349 162 511 Sophomores 400 192 592 Freshmen 496 230 726 Unclassified 13 17 30 1,623 762 2,385 2,385 Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration Seniors 59 5 64 Juniors 66 2 68 125 7 132 132 School of Law Third Year 50 1 51 Second Year 51 — 51 First Year 85 2 87 186 3 189 189 Bowman Gray School of Medicine Fourth Year 49 4 53 Third Year 58 1 59 Second Year 57 2 59 First Year 75 3 78 239 10 249 249 Grand Totals 2,312 898 3,210 3,210 218 Summer Session of 1969 Men Women Totals First Term: Graduate Students Regular 51 39 90 Unclassified 52 62 114 Undergraduates Regular 424 132 556 Unclassified 118 146 264 Law Students 14 14 Second Term: Graduate Students Regular 40 36 76 Unclassified 17 7 24 Undergraduates Regular 308 98 406 Unclassified 55 94 149 1,079 614 1,693 Duplicates, attended both terms 296 154 450 783 460 1,243 Duplicates, Summer School and Regular Session 485 183 668 298 277 575 575 3,785 219 Registration Registration by Departments Art 125 Asian Studies 27 Biology 959 Chemistry 450 Classical Languages: Greek 59 Latin 260 Economics 381 Education 546 English 1,615 German 243 History 1,505 Mathematics 1,180 Military Science 258 Music 308 Philosophy 366 Physical Education 1,114 Physics 260 Political Science 493 Psychology 839 Religion 718 Romance Languages: French 500 Russian 25 Spanish 402 Sociology and Anthropology 678 Speech 301 220 Geographical Distribution Counties in North Carolina Alamance 44 Alexander 7 Alleghany 2 Anson 3 Ashe 6 Avery 3 Beaufort 7 Bertie 1 Bladen 2 Brunswick 1 Buncombe 27 Burke 15 Cabarrus 23 Caldwell 14 Carteret 1 Caswell 1 Catawba 24 Chatham 1 Cherokee 4 Chowan 1 Cleveland 32 Columbus 7 Craven 3 Cumberland 24 Davidson 68 Davie 8 Duplin 6 Durham 15 Edgecombe 12 Forsyth 370 Franklin 5 Gaston 40 Gates 1 Granville 8 Greene 2 Guilford 102 Halifax 16 Harnett 10 Haywood 12 Henderson 9 Hertford 14 Hoke 4 Iredell 27 Jackson 2 Johnston 18 Lee 9 Jones 4 Lenoir 15 Lincoln 5 McDowell 8 Macon 5 Madison 3 Martin 6 Mecklenburg 125 Mitchell 1 Montgomery 5 Moore 5 Nash 16 New Hanover 14 Northhampton 3 Onslow 4 Orange 9 Pasquotank 6 Pender 4 Perquimans 1 Person 9 Pitt 17 Randolph 24 Richmond 9 Robeson 18 Rockingham 20 Rowan 28 Rutherford 14 Sampson 13 Scotland 9 Stanley 16 Stokes 9 Surry 31 Swain 2 Transylvania 2 Union 18 Vance 6 Wake 60 Warren 3 Washington 2 Watauga 2 Wayne H Wilkes 38 Wilson 8 Yadkin 13 Yancey 2 221 Geographical Distribution States Alabama 8 Arizona 2 Arkansas 3 California 17 Colorado 5 Connecticut 33 Delaware 31 District of Columbia 9 Florida 101 Georgia 59 Illinois 34 Indiana 12 Iowa 3 Kansas 4 Kentucky 27 Maine 2 Maryland 151 Massachusetts 29 Michigan 5 Minnesota 5 Missouri 3 Montana 3 New Hampshire 8 New Jersey 178 New York 95 North Dakota 2 Ohio 56 Oklahoma 5 Pennsylvania 158 Rhode Island 3 South Carolina 84 Tennessee 42 Texas 8 Utah 5 Vermont 1 Virginia 281 Washington 2 West Virginia 34 Wisconsin 7 Canal Zone 2 Puerto Rico 2 Foreign Countries Australia Bolivia British Honduras Canada Colombia Cyprus England France Germany Greece Hong Kong Iran Malaysia . . Peru Scotland Somalia . . . Switzerland Taiwan . . . Thailand . . 222 INDEX Academic Requirements, Minimum 81 Accountancy 114, 185 Accreditation 7 Administration 9 Admission Requirements. 49 Advanced Placement .... 51 Advanced Standing Admission 51 Advisers 78, 95 Anthropology 171 Application Fee 50, 54 Army R.O.T.C 141 Army R.O.T.C. Commissions 141, 217 Art 107 Art Museum 48 Asian Studies Program . . 178 Athletics Equipment 44 Intercollegiate 77 Attendance Regulations . 80 Auditing 79 Awards 74, 200 Basic Course Requirements 91 Biology 109 Board 57 Bowman Gray School of Medicine 195 Buildings, Academic .... 43 Buildings, Residence .... 45 Buildings and Grounds . . 43 Business Administration . 180 Business and Accountancy 113 Calendar 3 Chapel Service 41 Charges 53 Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 180 Chemistry 115 Choir Work Grants 69 Church and Industry Institute 88 Class Schedule 104 Classical Languages 117 Classification 78 Coaching Staff 33 College Union 77 Commencement Exercises 202 Committees of the Faculty 34 Course Conditions Removal Procedure ... 84 Seniors 85 Course Numbers 104 Courses of Instruction The College 104 School of Business Administration 186 Credit Hours Defined . . . 104 Dean's List 86 Debate and Speech 72 Degrees Bachelor of Arts 90 Bachelor of Business Administration 184 Bachelor of Science . . . 90 Doctor of Medicine . . . 195 Juris Doctor 193 Master of Arts 189 Degrees Conferred 199 Dentistry 101 Deposits 50, 54 Dormitories 45 Dramatics 175 Economics 120 Education 122 Endowment 41 Engineering 101 English 127 Enrollment Summary . . 218 Examinations 84 Experiment in Int'l Living 87 Experimental Courses . . 105 Faculty 12 Fees 53 Food Services 57 Forensics 71 Forestry 102 Fraternities 75 French 167 Geographical Distribution 221 German 132 German Exchange Scholarship 68 Grading System 84 Graduate School 189 Graduation Distinctions . 86, 205 Fee 55 Requirements 90 Greek 117 Health Service 88 Hindi 169 Historical Sketch 37 History 134 Honor Societies 76 Honor Svstem 70 Honors Program Departmental 107 223 Index Biology 109 Economics 120 English 127 German 132 History 134 Interdisciplinary 105 Mathematics 138 Music 143 Physical Education . . . 153 Physics 155 Political Science 157 Psychology 161 Religion 164 Romance Languages . . 167 Sociology and Anthropology 172 Speech 175 Housing 57 Introductory Statement . 7 Journalism 131 Latin 117 Law 97, 190 Libraries 32, 46 Loan Funds 65 Majors 96 Mathematics 138 Medals 74, 200 Medical Record Administration 100 Medical Sciences 98 Medical Technology .... 99 Medicine, School of 195 Men's Judicial Board 71 Military Science 141 Ministerial Students .... 68 Music 143 Navy R.O.C. Program 89 Open Curriculum 93 Pass-Fail Grades 85 Phi Beta Kappa 76, 203 Philosophy 149 Physical Education Courses 151 Equipment 44 Physician Assistant Program 100 Physics 155 Piedmont University Center 48 Placement Office 89 Political Science 157 Prerequisites 104 Probation 83 Psychological Center .... 88 Psychology 161 Publications 74 Purposes and Objectives 40 Quality Points 82 Radio Station 73 Readmission 83 Recitations Per Week ... 78 Recreational Activities . . 77 Registration Dates 3 Departmental 220 Procedure 78 Regulations 79 Religion 163 Religious Program 41 Repetition of Courses ... 85 Reports 86 Requirements, Academic 91 Romance Languages .... 167 Room Regulations 58 Russian 169 Salem College Courses 178 Scholarships 59 Senior Orations 71 Senior Testing Program 97 Sociology and Anthropology 171 Spanish 170 Spanish Exchange Scholarship 68 Speech 175 Speech Institute 72 Student Employment ... 69 Student Government .... 70 Study Abroad 87 Summer Session Elsewhere 87 Summer Term 198, 219 Teacher Certificate Requirements 123 Theatre 73 Transcripts 86 Trustees 8 Tuition 53 University Calendar .... 3 Upoer Division 94 Veterans 89 Withdrawal From College 81 From Course 81 224 Address Correction Requested Return Postage Guaranteed WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY WINSTON-SALEM, N. C. 27109 . .